SemaDecl.cpp revision cfa88f893915ceb8ae4ce2f17c46c24a4d67502f
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 31#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44#include <algorithm> 45#include <cstring> 46#include <functional> 47using namespace clang; 48using namespace sema; 49 50Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57} 58 59namespace { 60 61class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 64 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 65 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 66 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 67 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 68 } 69 70 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 71 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 72 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 73 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 74 else 75 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 76 } 77 78 private: 79 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 80 bool WantClassName; 81}; 82 83} 84 85/// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 86bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 87 switch (Kind) { 88 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 89 // token kind is a valid type specifier 90 case tok::kw_short: 91 case tok::kw_long: 92 case tok::kw___int64: 93 case tok::kw___int128: 94 case tok::kw_signed: 95 case tok::kw_unsigned: 96 case tok::kw_void: 97 case tok::kw_char: 98 case tok::kw_int: 99 case tok::kw_half: 100 case tok::kw_float: 101 case tok::kw_double: 102 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 103 case tok::kw_bool: 104 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 105 return true; 106 107 case tok::annot_typename: 108 case tok::kw_char16_t: 109 case tok::kw_char32_t: 110 case tok::kw_typeof: 111 case tok::kw_decltype: 112 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 113 114 default: 115 break; 116 } 117 118 return false; 119} 120 121/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 122/// return the declaration of that type. 123/// 124/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 125/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 126/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 127/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 128/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 129/// 130/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 131/// and then return NULL. 132ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 133 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 134 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 135 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 136 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 137 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 138 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 139 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 140 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 141 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 142 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 143 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 144 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 145 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 147 148 if (!LookupCtx) { 149 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 150 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 151 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 152 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 153 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 154 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 155 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 156 // 157 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 158 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 159 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 162 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 163 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 164 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 165 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 166 167 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 168 QualType T = 169 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 170 II, NameLoc); 171 172 return ParsedType::make(T); 173 } 174 175 return ParsedType(); 176 } 177 178 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 179 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 184 // lookup for class-names. 185 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 186 LookupOrdinaryName; 187 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 188 if (LookupCtx) { 189 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 190 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 191 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 192 // nested-name-specifier. 193 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 194 195 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 196 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 197 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 198 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 199 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 200 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 201 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 202 LookupName(Result, S); 203 } 204 } else { 205 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 206 LookupName(Result, S); 207 } 208 209 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 210 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 211 case LookupResult::NotFound: 212 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 213 if (CorrectedII) { 214 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 215 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 216 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 217 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 218 TemplateTy Template; 219 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 220 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 221 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 222 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 223 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 224 if (SS && NNS) { 225 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 227 } 228 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 229 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 230 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 231 // is handled elsewhere). 232 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 233 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 234 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 235 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 236 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 237 IsCtorOrDtorName, 238 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 239 if (Ty) { 240 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 241 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 242 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 245 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 246 CorrectedStr); 247 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 248 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 249 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 250 251 if (SS && NNS) 252 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 253 *CorrectedII = NewII; 254 return Ty; 255 } 256 } 257 } 258 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 259 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 260 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 261 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 262 return ParsedType(); 263 264 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 265 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 266 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 267 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 268 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 269 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 270 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 271 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 272 return ParsedType(); 273 } 274 275 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 276 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 277 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 278 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 279 if (!IIDecl || 280 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 281 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 282 IIDecl = *Res; 283 } 284 } 285 286 if (!IIDecl) { 287 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 288 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 289 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 290 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 291 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 292 // a type name. 293 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 294 return ParsedType(); 295 } 296 297 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 298 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 299 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 300 // perform the name lookup again. 301 break; 302 303 case LookupResult::Found: 304 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 305 break; 306 } 307 308 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 309 310 QualType T; 311 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 312 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 313 314 if (T.isNull()) 315 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 316 317 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 318 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 319 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 320 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 321 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 322 // Construct a type with type-source information. 323 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 324 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 325 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 328 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 329 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 330 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 331 } else { 332 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 333 } 334 } 335 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 336 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 337 if (!HasTrailingDot) 338 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 339 } 340 341 if (T.isNull()) { 342 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 343 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 344 return ParsedType(); 345 } 346 return ParsedType::make(T); 347} 348 349/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 350/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 351/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 352/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 353/// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 354DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 355 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 356 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 357 LookupName(R, S, false); 358 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 360 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 361 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 362 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 363 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 364 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 365 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 366 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 367 } 368 } 369 370 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 371} 372 373/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 374/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 375/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 376/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 377/// @code 378/// template<class T> class A { 379/// public: 380/// typedef int TYPE; 381/// }; 382/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 383/// public: 384/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 385/// }; 386/// @endcode 387bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 388 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 389 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 390 391 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 392 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 393 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 394 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 395 return true; 396 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 397 } 398 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 399} 400 401bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 402 SourceLocation IILoc, 403 Scope *S, 404 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 405 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 406 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 407 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 408 409 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 410 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 411 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 412 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 413 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 414 Validator)) { 415 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 416 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 417 418 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 419 // We corrected to a keyword. 420 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 421 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 422 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 423 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 424 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 425 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 426 II = NewII; 427 } else { 428 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 429 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 430 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 431 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 432 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 433 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 434 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 435 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 436 << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 437 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 438 CorrectedStr); 439 else 440 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 441 442 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 443 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 444 445 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 446 false, false, ParsedType(), 447 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 448 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 449 } 450 return true; 451 } 452 453 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 454 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 455 UnqualifiedId Name; 456 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 457 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 458 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 459 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 460 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 461 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 462 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 463 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 464 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 465 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 466 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 467 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 468 } 469 return true; 470 } 471 } 472 473 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 474 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 475 476 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 477 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 478 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 479 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 480 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 481 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 482 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 483 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 484 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 485 486 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 487 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 488 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 489 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 490 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 491 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 492 } else { 493 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 494 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 495 } 496 497 return true; 498} 499 500/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 501/// or 502static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 503 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 504 NextToken.is(tok::less); 505 506 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 507 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 508 return true; 509 510 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 511 return true; 512 } 513 514 return false; 515} 516 517static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 518 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 519 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 520 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 521 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 522 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 523 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 524 const char *TagName = 0; 525 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 526 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 527 case TTK_Class: 528 TagName = "class"; 529 FixItTagName = "class "; 530 break; 531 532 case TTK_Enum: 533 TagName = "enum"; 534 FixItTagName = "enum "; 535 break; 536 537 case TTK_Struct: 538 TagName = "struct"; 539 FixItTagName = "struct "; 540 break; 541 542 case TTK_Interface: 543 TagName = "__interface"; 544 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 545 break; 546 547 case TTK_Union: 548 TagName = "union"; 549 FixItTagName = "union "; 550 break; 551 } 552 553 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 554 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 555 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 556 557 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 558 I != IEnd; ++I) 559 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 560 << Name << TagName; 561 562 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 563 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 564 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 565 return true; 566 } 567 568 return false; 569} 570 571/// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 572static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 573 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 574 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 575 576 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 577 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 578 579 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 580 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 581 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 582 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 583 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 584} 585 586Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 587 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 588 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 589 SourceLocation NameLoc, 590 const Token &NextToken, 591 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 592 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 593 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 594 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 595 596 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 597 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 598 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 599 600 } 601 602 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 603 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 604 605 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 606 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 607 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 608 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 609 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 610 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 611 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 612 return E; 613 } 614 615 bool SecondTry = false; 616 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 617 618Corrected: 619 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 620 case LookupResult::NotFound: 621 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 622 // call. 623 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 624 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 625 // FIXME: Reference? 626 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 627 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 628 629 // C90 6.3.2.2: 630 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 631 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 632 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 633 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 634 // the function call, the declaration 635 // 636 // extern int identifier (); 637 // 638 // appeared. 639 // 640 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 641 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 642 Result.addDecl(D); 643 Result.resolveKind(); 644 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 645 } 646 } 647 648 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 649 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 650 // "struct", or "union". 651 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 652 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 653 break; 654 } 655 656 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 657 // close to this name. 658 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 659 SecondTry = true; 660 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 661 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 662 &SS, *CCC)) { 663 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 664 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 665 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 666 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 667 668 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 669 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 670 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 671 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 672 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 673 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 674 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 675 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 676 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 677 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 678 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 679 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 680 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 681 } 682 683 if (SS.isEmpty()) 684 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 685 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 686 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 687 else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 688 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 689 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 690 << SS.getRange() 691 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 692 CorrectedStr); 693 694 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 695 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 696 697 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 698 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 699 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 700 701 // Also update the LookupResult... 702 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 703 Result.clear(); 704 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 705 if (FirstDecl) { 706 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 707 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 708 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 709 } 710 711 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 712 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 713 // reference the ivar. 714 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 715 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 716 Result.clear(); 717 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 718 return E; 719 } 720 721 goto Corrected; 722 } 723 } 724 725 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 726 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 727 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 728 729 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 730 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 731 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 732 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 733 734 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 735 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 736 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 737 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 738 // qualified by the keyword typename. 739 // 740 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 741 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 742 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 743 // keyword here. 744 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 745 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 746 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 747 } 748 749 case LookupResult::Found: 750 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 751 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 752 break; 753 754 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 756 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 757 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 758 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 759 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 760 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 761 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 762 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 763 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 764 // ambiguous. 765 // 766 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 767 // so try again after filtering out template names. 768 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 769 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 770 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 771 break; 772 } 773 } 774 775 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 776 return NameClassification::Error(); 777 } 778 779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 780 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 781 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 782 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 783 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 784 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 785 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 786 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 787 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 788 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 789 790 if (!Result.empty()) { 791 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 792 TemplateName Template; 793 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 794 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 795 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 796 Result.end()); 797 } else { 798 TemplateDecl *TD 799 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 800 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 801 802 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 803 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 804 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 805 TD); 806 else 807 Template = TemplateName(TD); 808 } 809 810 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 811 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 812 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 813 // to based on which function we selected. 814 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 815 816 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 817 } 818 819 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 820 } 821 } 822 823 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 824 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 825 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 826 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 827 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 828 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 829 return ParsedType::make(T); 830 } 831 832 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 833 if (!Class) { 834 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 835 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 836 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 837 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 838 } 839 840 if (Class) { 841 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 842 843 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 844 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 845 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 846 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 847 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 848 } 849 850 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 851 return ParsedType::make(T); 852 } 853 854 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 855 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 856 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 857 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 858 859 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 860 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 861 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 862 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 863 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 864 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 865 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 866 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 867 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 868 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 869 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 870 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 871 return ParsedType::make(T); 872 } 873 } 874 875 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 876 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 877 878 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 879 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 880} 881 882// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 883// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 884// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 885DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 886 887 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 888 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 889 // the context we'll need to return to. 890 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 891 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 892 893 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 894 // lexical context. 895 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 896 return DC; 897 898 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 899 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 900 // class is the context we need to return to. 901 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 902 DC = RD; 903 904 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 905 // declared in. 906 return DC; 907 } 908 909 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 910} 911 912void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 913 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 914 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 915 CurContext = DC; 916 S->setEntity(DC); 917} 918 919void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 920 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 921 922 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 923 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 924} 925 926/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 927/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 928/// 929void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 930 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 931 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 932 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 933 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 934 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 935 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 936 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 937 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 938 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 939 // namespace. 940 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 941 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 942 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 943 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 944 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 945 946 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 947 948#ifndef NDEBUG 949 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 950 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 951 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 952#endif 953 954 CurContext = DC; 955 S->setEntity(DC); 956} 957 958void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 959 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 960 961 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 962 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 963 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 964 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 965 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 966 967 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 968 // disappear. 969} 970 971 972void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 973 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 974 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 975 // We assume that the caller has already called 976 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 977 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 978 } 979 if (!FD) 980 return; 981 982 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 983 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 984 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 985 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 986 CurContext = FD; 987 S->setEntity(CurContext); 988 989 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 990 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 991 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 992 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 993 S->AddDecl(Param); 994 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 995 } 996 } 997} 998 999 1000void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1001 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1002 // rather than the top-level class. 1003 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1004 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1005 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1006} 1007 1008 1009/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1010/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1011/// 1012/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1013/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1014/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1015/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1016/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1017/// attribute. 1018static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1019 ASTContext &Context) { 1020 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1021 return true; 1022 1023 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1024 return true; 1025 1026 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1027 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1028} 1029 1030/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1031void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1032 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1033 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1034 // scope. 1035 while (S->getEntity() && 1036 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1037 S = S->getParent(); 1038 1039 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1040 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1041 // into any context. 1042 if (AddToContext) 1043 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1044 1045 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1046 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1047 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1048 D->isOutOfLine() && 1049 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1050 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1051 return; 1052 1053 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1054 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1055 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1056 return; 1057 1058 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1059 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1060 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1061 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1062 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1063 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1064 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1065 1066 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1067 break; 1068 } 1069 } 1070 1071 S->AddDecl(D); 1072 1073 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1074 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1075 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1076 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1077 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1078 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1079 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1080 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1081 continue; 1082 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1083 break; 1084 } 1085 1086 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1087 } else { 1088 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1089 } 1090} 1091 1092void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1093 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1094 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1095} 1096 1097bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1098 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1099 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, 1100 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1101} 1102 1103Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1104 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1105 do { 1106 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1107 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1108 return S; 1109 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1110 1111 return 0; 1112} 1113 1114static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1115 DeclContext*, 1116 ASTContext&); 1117 1118/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1119/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1120void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1121 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1122 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1123 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1124 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1125 while (F.hasNext()) { 1126 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1127 1128 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1129 continue; 1130 1131 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1132 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1133 continue; 1134 1135 F.erase(); 1136 } 1137 1138 F.done(); 1139} 1140 1141static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1142 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1143 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1144 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1145} 1146 1147/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1148static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1149 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1150 while (F.hasNext()) 1151 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1152 F.erase(); 1153 1154 F.done(); 1155} 1156 1157/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1158/// @code 1159/// class S { 1160/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1161/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1162/// }; 1163/// @endcode 1164static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1165 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1166 // the decl here. 1167 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1168 return false; 1169 1170 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1171 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1172 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1173 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1174 return false; 1175} 1176 1177bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1178 assert(D); 1179 1180 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1181 return false; 1182 1183 // Ignore class templates. 1184 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1185 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1186 return false; 1187 1188 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1189 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1190 return false; 1191 1192 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1193 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1194 return false; 1195 } else { 1196 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1197 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1198 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1199 return false; 1200 } 1201 1202 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1203 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1204 return false; 1205 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1206 // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their 1207 // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const 1208 // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not 1209 // intended to be used. 1210 // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions. 1211 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1212 VD->getType().isConstQualified() || 1213 VD->getType()->isReferenceType() || 1214 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1215 return false; 1216 1217 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1218 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1219 return false; 1220 1221 } else { 1222 return false; 1223 } 1224 1225 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1226 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 1227 return false; 1228 1229 return true; 1230} 1231 1232void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1233 if (!D) 1234 return; 1235 1236 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1237 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1238 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1239 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1240 } 1241 1242 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1243 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1244 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1245 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1246 } 1247 1248 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1249 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1250} 1251 1252static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1253 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1254 return false; 1255 1256 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1257 return false; 1258 1259 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1260 return true; 1261 1262 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1263 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1264 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1265 return false; 1266 1267 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1268 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1269 1270 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1271 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1272 1273 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1274 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1275 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1276 return false; 1277 } 1278 1279 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1280 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1281 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1282 return false; 1283 1284 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1285 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1286 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1287 return false; 1288 1289 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1290 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1291 return false; 1292 1293 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1294 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1295 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1296 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1297 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1298 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1299 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1300 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1301 return false; 1302 } 1303 } 1304 } 1305 } 1306 1307 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1308 } 1309 1310 return true; 1311} 1312 1313static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1314 FixItHint &Hint) { 1315 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1316 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1317 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1318 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1319 return; 1320 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1321 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1322 } 1323 return; 1324} 1325 1326/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1327/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1328void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1329 FixItHint Hint; 1330 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1331 return; 1332 1333 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1334 1335 unsigned DiagID; 1336 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1337 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1338 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1339 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1340 else 1341 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1342 1343 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1344} 1345 1346static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1347 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1348 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1349 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1350 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1351 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1352} 1353 1354void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1355 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1356 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1357 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1358 1359 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1360 I != E; ++I) { 1361 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1362 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1363 1364 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1365 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1366 1367 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1368 1369 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1370 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1371 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1372 1373 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1374 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1375 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1376 1377 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1378 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1379 } 1380} 1381 1382void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1383 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1384} 1385 1386void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1387 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1388 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1389} 1390 1391/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1392/// 1393/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1394/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1395/// to the fixed name. 1396/// 1397/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1398/// 1399/// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1400/// if there is no class with the given name. 1401/// 1402/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1403/// class could not be found. 1404ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1405 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1406 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1407 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1408 // creation from this context. 1409 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1410 1411 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1412 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1413 // find an Objective-C class name. 1414 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1415 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1416 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1417 Validator)) { 1418 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1419 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1420 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1421 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1422 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1423 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1424 1425 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1426 } 1427 } 1428 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1429 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1430 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1431 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1432 return Def; 1433} 1434 1435/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1436/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1437/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1438/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1439/// ill-formed in C++: 1440/// @code 1441/// struct S6 { 1442/// enum { BAR } e; 1443/// }; 1444/// 1445/// void test_S6() { 1446/// struct S6 a; 1447/// a.e = BAR; 1448/// } 1449/// @endcode 1450/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1451/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1452/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1453/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1454/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1455/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1456/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1457/// contain non-field names. 1458Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1459 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1460 (S->getEntity() && 1461 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1462 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1463 S = S->getParent(); 1464 return S; 1465} 1466 1467/// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1468/// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1469/// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1470/// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1471static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1472 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1473 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1474 return; 1475 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1476 1477 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1478 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1479 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1480 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1481 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1482 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1483} 1484 1485/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1486/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1487/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1488/// built-in. 1489NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1490 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1491 SourceLocation Loc) { 1492 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1493 1494 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1495 1496 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1497 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1498 switch (Error) { 1499 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1500 // Okay 1501 break; 1502 1503 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1504 if (ForRedeclaration) 1505 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1506 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1507 return 0; 1508 1509 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1510 if (ForRedeclaration) 1511 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1512 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1513 return 0; 1514 1515 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1516 if (ForRedeclaration) 1517 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1518 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1519 return 0; 1520 } 1521 1522 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1523 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1524 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1525 << R; 1526 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1527 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1528 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1529 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1530 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1531 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1532 } 1533 1534 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1535 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1536 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1537 SC_Extern, 1538 SC_None, false, 1539 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1540 New->setImplicit(); 1541 1542 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1543 // FunctionDecl. 1544 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1545 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1546 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1547 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1548 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1549 SourceLocation(), 0, 1550 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1551 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1552 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1553 Params.push_back(parm); 1554 } 1555 New->setParams(Params); 1556 } 1557 1558 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1559 1560 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1561 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1562 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1563 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1564 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1565 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1566 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1567 CurContext = SavedContext; 1568 return New; 1569} 1570 1571/// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1572/// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1573/// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1574/// entity. 1575static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1576 NamedDecl *decl, 1577 LookupResult &previous){ 1578 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1579 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1580 return; 1581 1582 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1583 if (previous.empty()) 1584 return; 1585 1586 // If this declaration has external 1587 bool hasExternalLinkage = (decl->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage); 1588 1589 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1590 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1591 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1592 1593 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1594 if (!old->isHidden()) 1595 continue; 1596 1597 // If either has no-external linkage, ignore the old declaration. 1598 if (!hasExternalLinkage || old->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 1599 filter.erase(); 1600 } 1601 1602 filter.done(); 1603} 1604 1605bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1606 QualType OldType; 1607 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1608 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1609 else 1610 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1611 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1612 1613 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1614 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1615 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1616 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1617 << Kind << NewType; 1618 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1619 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1620 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1621 return true; 1622 } 1623 1624 if (OldType != NewType && 1625 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1626 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1627 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1628 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1629 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1630 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1631 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1632 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1633 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1634 return true; 1635 } 1636 return false; 1637} 1638 1639/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1640/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1641/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1642/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1643/// 1644void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1645 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1646 // merging checks. 1647 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1648 1649 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1650 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1651 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1652 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1653 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1654 default: break; 1655 case 2: 1656 { 1657 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1658 break; 1659 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1660 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1661 break; 1662 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1663 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1664 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1665 break; 1666 } 1667 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1668 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1669 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1670 return; 1671 } 1672 case 5: 1673 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1674 break; 1675 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1676 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1677 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1678 return; 1679 case 3: 1680 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1681 break; 1682 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1683 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1684 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1685 return; 1686 } 1687 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1688 } 1689 1690 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1691 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1692 if (!Old) { 1693 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1694 << New->getDeclName(); 1695 1696 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1697 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1698 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1699 1700 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1701 } 1702 1703 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1704 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1705 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1706 1707 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1708 // with any extensions enabled. 1709 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1710 return; 1711 1712 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1713 // declaration was a typedef. 1714 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1715 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1716 1717 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1718 return; 1719 1720 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1721 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1722 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1723 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1724 // to the type to which it already refers. 1725 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1726 return; 1727 1728 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1729 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1730 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1731 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1732 // 1733 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1734 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1735 // 1736 // struct S { 1737 // typedef struct A { } A; 1738 // }; 1739 // 1740 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1741 // allow the above but disallow 1742 // 1743 // struct S { 1744 // typedef int I; 1745 // typedef int I; 1746 // }; 1747 // 1748 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1749 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1750 return; 1751 1752 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1753 << New->getDeclName(); 1754 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1755 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1756 } 1757 1758 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1759 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1760 return; 1761 1762 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1763 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1764 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1765 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1766 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1767 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1768 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1769 return; 1770 1771 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1772 << New->getDeclName(); 1773 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1774 return; 1775} 1776 1777/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1778/// attribute. 1779static bool 1780DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1781 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1782 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1783 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1784 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1785 if (AA) 1786 return false; 1787 1788 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. 1789 switch (A->getKind()) { 1790 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: 1791 case attr::SharedLocksRequired: 1792 case attr::LocksExcluded: 1793 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: 1794 case attr::SharedLockFunction: 1795 case attr::UnlockFunction: 1796 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: 1797 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: 1798 case attr::GuardedBy: 1799 case attr::PtGuardedBy: 1800 case attr::AcquiredBefore: 1801 case attr::AcquiredAfter: 1802 return false; 1803 default: 1804 ; 1805 } 1806 1807 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1808 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1809 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1810 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1811 if (Ann) { 1812 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1813 return true; 1814 continue; 1815 } 1816 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1817 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1818 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1819 return true; 1820 } 1821 1822 return false; 1823} 1824 1825bool Sema::mergeDeclAttribute(NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr) { 1826 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1827 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1828 NewAttr = mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1829 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1830 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1831 AA->getMessage()); 1832 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1833 NewAttr = mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility()); 1834 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1835 NewAttr = mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange()); 1836 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1837 NewAttr = mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange()); 1838 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1839 NewAttr = mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1840 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg()); 1841 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1842 NewAttr = mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName()); 1843 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 1844 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(Context)); 1845 1846 if (NewAttr) { 1847 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1848 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 1849 return true; 1850 } 1851 1852 return false; 1853} 1854 1855static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 1856 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1857 return TD->getDefinition(); 1858 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1859 return VD->getDefinition(); 1860 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1861 const FunctionDecl* Def; 1862 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 1863 return Def; 1864 } 1865 return NULL; 1866} 1867 1868static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 1869 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 1870 I != E; ++I) { 1871 Attr *Attribute = *I; 1872 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 1873 return true; 1874 } 1875 return false; 1876} 1877 1878/// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 1879/// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 1880static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 1881 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 1882 return; 1883 1884 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 1885 if (!Def || Def == New) 1886 return; 1887 1888 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 1889 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 1890 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 1891 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 1892 ++I; 1893 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 1894 } 1895 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 1896 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 1897 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1898 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 1899 --E; 1900 } 1901} 1902 1903/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1904void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1905 bool MergeDeprecation) { 1906 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 1907 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 1908 1909 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1910 return; 1911 1912 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 1913 1914 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1915 // we process them. 1916 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1917 1918 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1919 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1920 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 1921 i != e; ++i) { 1922 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 1923 if (!MergeDeprecation && 1924 (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 1925 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 1926 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i))) 1927 continue; 1928 1929 if (mergeDeclAttribute(New, *i)) 1930 foundAny = true; 1931 } 1932 1933 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 1934} 1935 1936/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1937/// to the new one. 1938static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1939 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1940 ASTContext &C) { 1941 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1942 return; 1943 1944 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1945 1946 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1947 // done before we process them. 1948 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1949 1950 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1951 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1952 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1953 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1954 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1955 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1956 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1957 foundAny = true; 1958 } 1959 } 1960 1961 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1962} 1963 1964namespace { 1965 1966/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1967/// C. 1968struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1969 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1970 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1971 QualType PromotedType; 1972}; 1973 1974} 1975 1976/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1977Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1978 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1979 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1980 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1981 1982 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1983 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1984 1985 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 1986 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 1987 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 1988 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1989 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 1990 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1991 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 1992 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 1993 } 1994 1995 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1996} 1997 1998/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1999/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2000/// GNU89 mode. 2001static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2002 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2003 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2004 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2005 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2006 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2007} 2008 2009/// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given 2010/// declaration? 2011static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { 2012 CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; 2013 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { 2014 ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); 2015 } else { 2016 // Free C function or a static method. 2017 ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); 2018 } 2019 return ABIDefaultCC == CC; 2020} 2021 2022/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2023/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2024/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2025/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2026/// 2027/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2028/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2029/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2030/// merged with. 2031/// 2032/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2033bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 2034 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2035 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 2036 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 2037 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 2038 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 2039 else 2040 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 2041 if (!Old) { 2042 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2043 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2044 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2045 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2046 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2047 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2048 return true; 2049 } 2050 2051 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2052 << New->getDeclName(); 2053 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2054 return true; 2055 } 2056 2057 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2058 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2059 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2060 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2061 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2062 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 2063 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2064 else 2065 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2066 2067 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2068 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2069 2070 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2071 // is an extern inline function. 2072 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2073 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2074 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2075 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2076 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2077 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2078 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2079 } else { 2080 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2081 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2082 return true; 2083 } 2084 } 2085 2086 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 2087 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 2088 // calling convention of the first. 2089 // 2090 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2091 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2092 // 2093 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 2094 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 2095 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 2096 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 2097 // because it is the default calling convention. 2098 // 2099 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2100 // other tests to run. 2101 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2102 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2103 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2104 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2105 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2106 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2107 // Fast path: nothing to do. 2108 2109 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2110 // there but not here. 2111 } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 2112 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2113 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2114 2115 // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is 2116 // effectively the same as the explict one. 2117 } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && 2118 isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), New)) { 2119 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2120 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2121 2122 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 2123 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 2124 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 2125 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2126 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2127 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 2128 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 2129 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 2130 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2131 return true; 2132 } 2133 2134 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2135 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2136 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2137 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2138 } 2139 2140 // Merge regparm attribute. 2141 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2142 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2143 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2144 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2145 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2146 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2147 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2148 return true; 2149 } 2150 2151 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2152 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2153 } 2154 2155 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2156 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2157 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2158 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2159 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2160 return true; 2161 } 2162 2163 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2164 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2165 } 2166 2167 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2168 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2169 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2170 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2171 } 2172 2173 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2174 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2175 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2176 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2177 // cannot be overloaded. 2178 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2179 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2180 QualType ResQT; 2181 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2182 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2183 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2184 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2185 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2186 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2187 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2188 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2189 else 2190 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2191 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2192 return true; 2193 } 2194 else 2195 NewQType = ResQT; 2196 } 2197 2198 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2199 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2200 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2201 // Preserve triviality. 2202 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2203 2204 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2205 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2206 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2207 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2208 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2209 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2210 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2211 2212 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2213 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2214 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2215 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2216 // is a static member function declaration. 2217 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2218 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2219 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2220 return true; 2221 } 2222 2223 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2224 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2225 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2226 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2227 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2228 unsigned NewDiag; 2229 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2230 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2231 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2232 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2233 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2234 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2235 else 2236 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2237 2238 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2239 } else { 2240 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2241 << New << New->getType(); 2242 } 2243 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2244 2245 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2246 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2247 // 2248 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2249 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2250 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2251 if (isFriend) { 2252 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2253 } else { 2254 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2255 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2256 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2257 return true; 2258 } 2259 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2260 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2261 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2262 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2263 return true; 2264 } 2265 } 2266 2267 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2268 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2269 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2270 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2271 2272 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2273 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2274 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2275 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2276 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2277 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2278 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2279 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2280 } 2281 2282 if (!Old->hasCLanguageLinkage() && New->hasCLanguageLinkage()) { 2283 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2284 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2285 return true; 2286 } 2287 2288 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2289 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2290 2291 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2292 } 2293 2294 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2295 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2296 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2297 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2298 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2299 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2300 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2301 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2302 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2303 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2304 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2305 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2306 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2307 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2308 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2309 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 2310 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2311 New->setType(NewQType); 2312 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2313 2314 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2315 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2316 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2317 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2318 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2319 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2320 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2321 SourceLocation(), 2322 SourceLocation(), 0, 2323 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2324 SC_None, SC_None, 2325 0); 2326 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2327 Param->setImplicit(); 2328 Params.push_back(Param); 2329 } 2330 2331 New->setParams(Params); 2332 } 2333 2334 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2335 } 2336 2337 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2338 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2339 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2340 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2341 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2342 // the prototype. 2343 // 2344 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2345 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2346 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2347 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2348 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2349 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2350 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2351 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2352 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2353 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2354 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2355 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2356 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2357 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2358 2359 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2360 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2361 NewProto->getResultType()); 2362 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2363 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2364 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2365 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2366 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2367 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2368 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2369 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2370 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2371 NewParm->getType(), 2372 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2373 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2374 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2375 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2376 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2377 } else 2378 LooseCompatible = false; 2379 } 2380 2381 if (LooseCompatible) { 2382 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2383 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2384 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2385 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2386 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2387 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2388 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2389 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2390 } 2391 2392 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 2393 ArgTypes.size(), 2394 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2395 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2396 } 2397 2398 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2399 } 2400 2401 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 2402 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 2403 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 2404 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 2405 // signature. 2406 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2407 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 2408 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 2409 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 2410 // library built-in. 2411 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2412 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2413 << Old << Old->getType(); 2414 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2415 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 2416 return false; 2417 } 2418 2419 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2420 } 2421 2422 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2423 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2424 return true; 2425} 2426 2427/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2428/// known to be compatible. 2429/// 2430/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2431/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2432/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2433/// redeclaration of Old. 2434/// 2435/// \returns false 2436bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2437 Scope *S) { 2438 // Merge the attributes 2439 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2440 2441 // Merge the storage class. 2442 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 2443 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 2444 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2445 2446 // Merge "pure" flag. 2447 if (Old->isPure()) 2448 New->setPure(); 2449 2450 // Merge "used" flag. 2451 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2452 New->setUsed(); 2453 2454 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2455 // declarations. 2456 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2457 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2458 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2459 Context); 2460 2461 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2462 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2463 2464 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2465 // and argument types. 2466 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2467 if (!Merged.isNull()) 2468 New->setType(Merged); 2469 2470 return false; 2471} 2472 2473 2474void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2475 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2476 2477 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2478 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, /* mergeDeprecation */true); 2479 2480 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2481 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2482 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2483 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2484 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2485 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2486 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 2487 2488 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true); 2489} 2490 2491/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2492/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2493/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2494/// 2495/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2496/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2497/// is attached. 2498void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 2499 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2500 return; 2501 2502 QualType MergedT; 2503 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2504 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2505 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 2506 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2507 return; 2508 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2509 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2510 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2511 } 2512 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2513 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2514 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2515 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2516 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2517 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2518 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2519 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2520 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2521 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2522 NewArray->getElementType())) 2523 MergedT = New->getType(); 2524 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2525 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2526 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2527 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2528 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2529 NewArray->getElementType())) 2530 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2531 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2532 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2533 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2534 Old->getType()); 2535 } 2536 } else { 2537 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2538 } 2539 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2540 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2541 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2542 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2543 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2544 } 2545 New->setType(MergedT); 2546} 2547 2548/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2549/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2550/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2551/// 2552/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2553/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2554/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2555/// 2556void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2557 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2558 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2559 return; 2560 2561 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2562 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2563 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2564 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2565 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2566 << New->getDeclName(); 2567 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2568 diag::note_previous_definition); 2569 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2570 } 2571 2572 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2573 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2574 // 2575 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2576 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2577 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2578 << New->getIdentifier(); 2579 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2580 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2581 } 2582 2583 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2584 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2585 // declaration 2586 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2587 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2588 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2589 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2590 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2591 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2592 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2593 } 2594 2595 // Merge the types. 2596 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2597 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2598 return; 2599 2600 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2601 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2602 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2603 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2604 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2605 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2606 } 2607 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2608 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2609 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2610 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2611 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2612 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2613 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2614 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2615 // identifier has external linkage. 2616 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2617 /* Okay */; 2618 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2619 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2620 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2621 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2622 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2623 } 2624 2625 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2626 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2627 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2628 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2629 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2630 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2631 } 2632 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2633 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2634 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2635 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2636 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2637 } 2638 2639 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2640 2641 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2642 // need to check for mismatches. 2643 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2644 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2645 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2646 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2647 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2648 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2649 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2650 } 2651 2652 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2653 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2654 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2655 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2656 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2657 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2658 } 2659 2660 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2661 const VarDecl *Def; 2662 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2663 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2664 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2665 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2666 << New->getDeclName(); 2667 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2668 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2669 return; 2670 } 2671 2672 if (!Old->hasCLanguageLinkage() && New->hasCLanguageLinkage()) { 2673 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2674 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2675 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2676 return; 2677 } 2678 2679 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2680 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2681 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2682 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2683 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2684 // specified at the prior declaration. 2685 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2686 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2687 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage) 2688 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2689 2690 // Merge "used" flag. 2691 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2692 New->setUsed(); 2693 2694 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2695 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2696 2697 // Inherit access appropriately. 2698 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2699} 2700 2701/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2702/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2703Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2704 DeclSpec &DS) { 2705 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 2706} 2707 2708/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2709/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2710/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2711Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2712 DeclSpec &DS, 2713 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2714 Decl *TagD = 0; 2715 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2716 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2717 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2718 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2719 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2720 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2721 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2722 2723 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2724 return 0; 2725 2726 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2727 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2728 // it's a Type. 2729 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 2730 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2731 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 2732 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 2733 } 2734 2735 if (Tag) { 2736 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 2737 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 2738 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 2739 return Tag; 2740 } 2741 2742 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2743 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2744 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2745 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2746 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2747 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2748 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2749 } 2750 2751 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 2752 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 2753 // and definitions of functions and variables. 2754 if (Tag) 2755 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 2756 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2757 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2758 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 2759 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 2760 else 2761 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 2762 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 2763 return TagD; 2764 } 2765 2766 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2767 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2768 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2769 if (TagD && !Tag) 2770 return 0; 2771 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2772 } 2773 2774 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2775 // declarators. 2776 bool emittedWarning = false; 2777 2778 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2779 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 2780 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2781 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 2782 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2783 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2784 2785 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2786 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2787 emittedWarning = true; 2788 } 2789 } 2790 2791 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2792 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2793 CurContext->isRecord() && 2794 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2795 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2796 // struct STRUCT; 2797 // and 2798 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2799 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2800 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 2801 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2802 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2803 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2804 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2805 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2806 } 2807 } 2808 2809 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2810 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2811 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2812 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2813 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2814 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2815 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2816 emittedWarning = true; 2817 } 2818 2819 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2820 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2821 2822 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2823 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2824 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2825 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2826 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2827 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2828 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2829 return Tag; 2830 } 2831 2832 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2833 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2834 emittedWarning = true; 2835 } 2836 2837 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2838 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2839 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2840 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2841 return TagD; 2842 2843 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2844 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2845 // useless. 2846 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2847 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2848 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2849 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2850 2851 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2852 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2853 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2854 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2855 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2856 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2857 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2858 // Restrict is covered above. 2859 } 2860 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2861 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2862 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2863 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2864 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2865 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2866 2867 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 2868 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2869 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 2870 << Tag->getTagKind() 2871 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 2872 2873 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 2874 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 2875 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 2876 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 2877 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 2878 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2879 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2880 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2881 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2882 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2883 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 2884 while (attrs) { 2885 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 2886 << attrs->getName() 2887 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2888 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2889 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 2890 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 2891 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 2892 } 2893 } 2894 } 2895 2896 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 2897 2898 return TagD; 2899} 2900 2901/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2902/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2903/// 2904/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2905static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2906 Scope *S, 2907 DeclContext *Owner, 2908 DeclarationName Name, 2909 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2910 unsigned diagnostic) { 2911 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2912 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2913 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2914 2915 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2916 return false; 2917 2918 // Pick a representative declaration. 2919 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2920 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2921 2922 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2923 return false; 2924 2925 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2926 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2927 2928 return true; 2929} 2930 2931/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2932/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2933/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2934/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2935/// struct, e.g., 2936/// 2937/// @code 2938/// union { 2939/// int i; 2940/// float f; 2941/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2942/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2943/// @endcode 2944/// 2945/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2946/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2947static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2948 DeclContext *Owner, 2949 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2950 AccessSpecifier AS, 2951 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2952 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2953 unsigned diagKind 2954 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2955 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2956 2957 bool Invalid = false; 2958 2959 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2960 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2961 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2962 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2963 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2964 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2965 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2966 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2967 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2968 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2969 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2970 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2971 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2972 Invalid = true; 2973 } else { 2974 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2975 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2976 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2977 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2978 // anonymous union is declared. 2979 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2980 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2981 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2982 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2983 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2984 else 2985 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2986 2987 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2988 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2989 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2990 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2991 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2992 2993 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2994 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2995 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2996 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2997 2998 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2999 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3000 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3001 3002 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3003 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3004 3005 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3006 } 3007 } 3008 } 3009 3010 return Invalid; 3011} 3012 3013/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3014/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3015/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3016static StorageClass 3017StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 3018 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3019 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3020 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 3021 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3022 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3023 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3024 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3025 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3026 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3027 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3028 } 3029 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3030} 3031 3032/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3033/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3034/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3035static StorageClass 3036StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 3037 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3038 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3039 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 3040 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3041 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3042 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3043 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 3044 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3045 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 3046 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3047 } 3048 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3049} 3050 3051/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3052/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3053/// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3054/// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3055Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3056 AccessSpecifier AS, 3057 RecordDecl *Record) { 3058 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3059 3060 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3061 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3062 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3063 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3064 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3065 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3066 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3067 3068 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3069 // structs/unions. 3070 bool Invalid = false; 3071 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3072 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3073 unsigned DiagID; 3074 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3075 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3076 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3077 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3078 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3079 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3080 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3081 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3082 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3083 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3084 3085 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3086 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3087 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3088 } 3089 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3090 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3091 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3092 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3093 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3094 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3095 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3096 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3097 3098 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3099 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3100 SourceLocation(), 3101 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3102 } 3103 } 3104 3105 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3106 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3107 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3108 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3109 << Record->isUnion() << 0 3110 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3111 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3112 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3113 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3114 << Record->isUnion() << 1 3115 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3116 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3117 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3118 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3119 << Record->isUnion() << 2 3120 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3121 3122 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3123 } 3124 3125 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3126 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3127 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3128 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3129 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3130 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3131 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3132 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3133 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3134 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3135 // members (clause 11). 3136 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3137 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3138 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3139 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3140 Invalid = true; 3141 } 3142 3143 // C++ [class.union]p1 3144 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3145 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3146 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3147 // array of such objects. 3148 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3149 Invalid = true; 3150 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3151 // Any implicit members are fine. 3152 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3153 // This is a type that showed up in an 3154 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3155 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3156 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3157 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3158 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3159 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3160 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3161 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3162 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3163 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3164 else { 3165 // This is a nested type declaration. 3166 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3167 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3168 Invalid = true; 3169 } 3170 } 3171 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3172 // Any access specifier is fine. 3173 } else { 3174 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3175 // member. Complain about it. 3176 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3177 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3178 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3179 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3180 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3181 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3182 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3183 3184 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3185 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3186 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3187 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3188 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3189 else { 3190 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3191 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3192 Invalid = true; 3193 } 3194 } 3195 } 3196 } 3197 3198 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3199 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3200 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3201 Invalid = true; 3202 } 3203 3204 // Mock up a declarator. 3205 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3206 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3207 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3208 3209 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3210 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3211 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3212 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3213 DS.getLocStart(), 3214 Record->getLocation(), 3215 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3216 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3217 TInfo, 3218 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3219 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3220 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3221 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3222 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3223 } else { 3224 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3225 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3226 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3227 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3228 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3229 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3230 // an error here 3231 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3232 Invalid = true; 3233 SC = SC_None; 3234 } 3235 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3236 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3237 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3238 3239 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3240 DS.getLocStart(), 3241 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3242 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3243 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3244 3245 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3246 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3247 // initializer: 3248 // union { int n = 0; }; 3249 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3250 } 3251 Anon->setImplicit(); 3252 3253 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3254 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3255 // its members. 3256 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3257 3258 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3259 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3260 // purposes. 3261 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3262 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3263 3264 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3265 Chain, false)) 3266 Invalid = true; 3267 3268 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3269 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3270 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3271 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3272 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3273 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3274 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3275 3276 if (Invalid) 3277 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3278 3279 return Anon; 3280} 3281 3282/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3283/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3284/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3285/// Example: 3286/// 3287/// struct A { int a; }; 3288/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3289/// 3290/// void foo() { 3291/// B var; 3292/// var.a = 3; 3293/// } 3294/// 3295Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3296 RecordDecl *Record) { 3297 3298 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3299 if (!Record) 3300 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3301 3302 // Mock up a declarator. 3303 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3304 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3305 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3306 3307 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3308 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3309 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3310 DS.getLocStart(), 3311 DS.getLocStart(), 3312 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3313 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3314 TInfo, 3315 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3316 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3317 Anon->setImplicit(); 3318 3319 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3320 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3321 3322 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3323 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3324 // purposes. 3325 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3326 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3327 3328 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3329 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3330 RecordDef, AS_none, 3331 Chain, true)) 3332 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3333 3334 return Anon; 3335} 3336 3337/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3338/// given Declarator. 3339DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3340 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3341} 3342 3343/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3344DeclarationNameInfo 3345Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3346 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3347 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3348 3349 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3350 3351 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3352 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3353 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3354 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3355 return NameInfo; 3356 3357 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3358 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3359 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3360 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3361 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3362 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3363 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3364 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3365 return NameInfo; 3366 3367 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3368 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3369 Name.Identifier)); 3370 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3371 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3372 return NameInfo; 3373 3374 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3375 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3376 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3377 if (Ty.isNull()) 3378 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3379 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3380 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3381 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3382 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3383 return NameInfo; 3384 } 3385 3386 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3387 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3388 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3389 if (Ty.isNull()) 3390 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3391 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3392 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3393 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3394 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3395 return NameInfo; 3396 } 3397 3398 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3399 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3400 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3401 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3402 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3403 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3404 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3405 3406 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3407 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3408 3409 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3410 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3411 // was qualified. 3412 3413 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3414 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3415 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3416 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3417 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3418 return NameInfo; 3419 } 3420 3421 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3422 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3423 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3424 if (Ty.isNull()) 3425 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3426 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3427 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3428 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3429 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3430 return NameInfo; 3431 } 3432 3433 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3434 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3435 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3436 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3437 } 3438 3439 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3440 3441 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3442} 3443 3444static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3445 do { 3446 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3447 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3448 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3449 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3450 else 3451 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3452 } while (true); 3453} 3454 3455/// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3456/// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3457/// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3458/// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3459/// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3460/// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3461/// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3462static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3463 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3464 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3465 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3466 Params.clear(); 3467 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3468 return false; 3469 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3470 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3471 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3472 3473 // The parameter types are identical 3474 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3475 continue; 3476 3477 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3478 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3479 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3480 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3481 3482 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3483 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3484 Params.push_back(Idx); 3485 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3486 return false; 3487 } 3488 3489 return true; 3490} 3491 3492/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3493/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3494/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3495/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3496/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3497static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3498 DeclarationName Name) { 3499 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3500 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3501 // - types which will become injected class names 3502 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3503 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3504 // few cases here. 3505 3506 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3507 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3508 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3509 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3510 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3511 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3512 // Grab the type from the parser. 3513 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3514 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3515 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3516 3517 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3518 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3519 // attached already. 3520 if (!TSI) 3521 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3522 3523 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3524 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3525 if (!TSI) return true; 3526 3527 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3528 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3529 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3530 break; 3531 } 3532 3533 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3534 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3535 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3536 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3537 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3538 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3539 break; 3540 } 3541 3542 default: 3543 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3544 break; 3545 } 3546 3547 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3548 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3549 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3550 3551 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3552 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3553 // pointer. 3554 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3555 continue; 3556 3557 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3558 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3559 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3560 return true; 3561 } 3562 3563 return false; 3564} 3565 3566Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3567 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3568 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3569 3570 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3571 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3572 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3573 3574 return Dcl; 3575} 3576 3577/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3578/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3579/// name different from T: 3580/// - every static data member of class T; 3581/// - every member function of class T 3582/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3583/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3584bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3585 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3586 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3587 3588 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3589 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3590 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3591 return true; 3592 } 3593 3594 return false; 3595} 3596 3597/// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3598/// nested-name-specifier. 3599/// 3600/// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3601/// 3602/// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3603/// resolves. 3604/// 3605/// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3606/// 3607/// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3608/// 3609/// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3610bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3611 DeclarationName Name, 3612 SourceLocation Loc) { 3613 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3614 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3615 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3616 3617 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3618 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3619 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3620 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3621 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3622 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3623 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3624 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3625 3626 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3627 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3628 // 3629 // class X { 3630 // void X::f(); 3631 // }; 3632 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3633 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 3634 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 3635 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3636 SS.clear(); 3637 return false; 3638 } 3639 3640 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3641 // declaration. 3642 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3643 if (Cur->isRecord()) 3644 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3645 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3646 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 3647 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3648 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3649 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3650 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 3651 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3652 else 3653 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3654 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 3655 3656 return true; 3657 } 3658 3659 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 3660 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 3661 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3662 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3663 SS.clear(); 3664 3665 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 3666 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 3667 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 3668 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 3669 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 3670 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 3671 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 3672 return true; 3673 3674 return false; 3675 } 3676 3677 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 3678 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 3679 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 3680 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 3681 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 3682 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 3683 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 3684 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 3685 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 3686 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 3687 3688 return false; 3689} 3690 3691NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 3692 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3693 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3694 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3695 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3696 3697 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 3698 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3699 if (!Name) { 3700 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3701 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 3702 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3703 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3704 return 0; 3705 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3706 return 0; 3707 3708 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3709 // we find one that is. 3710 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3711 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3712 S = S->getParent(); 3713 3714 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3715 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3716 D.setInvalidType(); 3717 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3718 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3719 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3720 return 0; 3721 3722 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3723 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3724 if (!DC) { 3725 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3726 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3727 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3728 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3729 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3730 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3731 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3732 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3733 return 0; 3734 } 3735 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3736 3737 if (!IsDependentContext && 3738 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3739 return 0; 3740 3741 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3742 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3743 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3744 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3745 D.setInvalidType(); 3746 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3747 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 3748 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 3749 if (DC->isRecord()) 3750 return 0; 3751 3752 D.setInvalidType(); 3753 } 3754 } 3755 3756 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3757 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3758 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3759 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3760 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3761 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3762 D.setInvalidType(); 3763 } 3764 } 3765 3766 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3767 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3768 // Just return early; it's safer. 3769 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3770 return 0; 3771 3772 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3773 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3774 3775 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3776 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3777 D.setInvalidType(); 3778 3779 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3780 ForRedeclaration); 3781 3782 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3783 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3784 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3785 3786 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3787 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3788 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3789 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3790 /* Do nothing*/; 3791 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3792 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3793 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3794 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3795 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3796 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3797 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3798 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3799 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3800 3801 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3802 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3803 3804 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3805 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3806 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3807 3808 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3809 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 3810 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 3811 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 3812 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 3813 // thereof; [...] 3814 // 3815 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 3816 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 3817 // we want to match. For example, given: 3818 // 3819 // class X { 3820 // void f(); 3821 // void f(float); 3822 // }; 3823 // 3824 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3825 // 3826 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 3827 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3828 // matches. 3829 3830 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3831 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 3832 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 3833 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3834 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3835 } 3836 3837 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3838 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3839 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3840 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3841 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3842 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3843 3844 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3845 Previous.clear(); 3846 } 3847 3848 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3849 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3850 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3851 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3852 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3853 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3854 Previous.clear(); 3855 3856 NamedDecl *New; 3857 3858 bool AddToScope = true; 3859 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3860 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3861 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3862 return 0; 3863 } 3864 3865 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 3866 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3867 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3868 TemplateParamLists, 3869 AddToScope); 3870 } else { 3871 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3872 TemplateParamLists); 3873 } 3874 3875 if (New == 0) 3876 return 0; 3877 3878 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3879 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3880 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 3881 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3882 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3883 3884 return New; 3885} 3886 3887/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 3888/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 3889/// GCC compatibility). 3890static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3891 ASTContext &Context, 3892 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3893 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3894 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3895 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3896 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3897 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3898 SizeIsNegative = false; 3899 Oversized = 0; 3900 3901 if (T->isDependentType()) 3902 return QualType(); 3903 3904 QualifierCollector Qs; 3905 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3906 3907 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3908 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3909 QualType FixedType = 3910 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3911 Oversized); 3912 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3913 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3914 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3915 } 3916 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3917 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3918 QualType FixedType = 3919 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3920 Oversized); 3921 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3922 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3923 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3924 } 3925 3926 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3927 if (!VLATy) 3928 return QualType(); 3929 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3930 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3931 return QualType(); 3932 3933 llvm::APSInt Res; 3934 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3935 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 3936 return QualType(); 3937 3938 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3939 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3940 SizeIsNegative = true; 3941 return QualType(); 3942 } 3943 3944 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3945 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3946 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3947 Res); 3948 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3949 Oversized = Res; 3950 return QualType(); 3951 } 3952 3953 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3954 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3955} 3956 3957static void 3958FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 3959 if (PointerTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) { 3960 PointerTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 3961 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getPointeeLoc(), 3962 DstPTL->getPointeeLoc()); 3963 DstPTL->setStarLoc(SrcPTL->getStarLoc()); 3964 return; 3965 } 3966 if (ParenTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) { 3967 ParenTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 3968 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getInnerLoc(), 3969 DstPTL->getInnerLoc()); 3970 DstPTL->setLParenLoc(SrcPTL->getLParenLoc()); 3971 DstPTL->setRParenLoc(SrcPTL->getRParenLoc()); 3972 return; 3973 } 3974 ArrayTypeLoc* SrcATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&SrcTL); 3975 ArrayTypeLoc* DstATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 3976 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL->getElementLoc(); 3977 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL->getElementLoc(); 3978 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 3979 DstATL->setLBracketLoc(SrcATL->getLBracketLoc()); 3980 DstATL->setSizeExpr(SrcATL->getSizeExpr()); 3981 DstATL->setRBracketLoc(SrcATL->getRBracketLoc()); 3982} 3983 3984/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 3985/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 3986/// GCC compatibility). 3987static TypeSourceInfo* 3988TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3989 ASTContext &Context, 3990 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3991 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3992 QualType FixedTy 3993 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 3994 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 3995 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 3996 return 0; 3997 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 3998 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 3999 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4000 return FixedTInfo; 4001} 4002 4003/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4004/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 4005void 4006Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 4007 const LookupResult &Previous, 4008 Scope *S) { 4009 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4010 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 4011 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4012 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4013 4014 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 4015 return; 4016 4017 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4018 4019 // If there was a previous declaration of this entity, it may be in 4020 // our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 4021 // declaration. 4022 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 4023 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 4024 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 4025 4026 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 4027 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 4028 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 4029 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 4030 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 4031 4032 } else { 4033 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 4034 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 4035 S = S->getParent(); 4036 } 4037 4038 if (S) 4039 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 4040 } 4041} 4042 4043llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 4044Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4045 if (ExternalSource) { 4046 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4047 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4048 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4049 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4050 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4051 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4052 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4053 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4054 } 4055 } 4056 4057 return LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Name); 4058} 4059 4060/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4061/// does not identify a function. 4062void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 4063 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4064 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4065 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 4066 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4067 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4068 4069 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 4070 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4071 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4072 4073 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 4074 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4075 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4076} 4077 4078NamedDecl* 4079Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4080 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4081 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4082 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4083 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4084 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4085 D.setInvalidType(); 4086 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4087 DC = CurContext; 4088 Previous.clear(); 4089 } 4090 4091 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4092 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4093 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4094 } 4095 4096 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4097 4098 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4099 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4100 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4101 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4102 << 1; 4103 4104 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4105 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4106 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4107 return 0; 4108 } 4109 4110 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4111 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4112 4113 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4114 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4115 4116 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4117 4118 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4119 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4120 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4121 return ND; 4122} 4123 4124void 4125Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4126 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4127 // then it shall have block scope. 4128 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4129 // that redeclarations will match. 4130 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4131 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4132 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4133 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4134 4135 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4136 bool SizeIsNegative; 4137 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4138 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4139 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4140 SizeIsNegative, 4141 Oversized); 4142 if (FixedTInfo) { 4143 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4144 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4145 } else { 4146 if (SizeIsNegative) 4147 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4148 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4149 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4150 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4151 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4152 << Oversized.toString(10); 4153 else 4154 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4155 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4156 } 4157 } 4158 } 4159} 4160 4161 4162/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4163/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4164/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4165NamedDecl* 4166Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4167 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4168 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4169 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4170 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4171 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4172 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4173 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4174 Redeclaration = true; 4175 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4176 } 4177 4178 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4179 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4180 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4181 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4182 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4183 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4184 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4185 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4186 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4187 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4188 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4189 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4190 } 4191 4192 return NewTD; 4193} 4194 4195/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4196/// previous declaration. 4197/// 4198/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4199/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4200/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4201/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4202/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4203/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4204/// 4205/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4206/// lookup 4207/// 4208/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4209/// declared. 4210/// 4211/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4212/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4213static bool 4214isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4215 ASTContext &Context) { 4216 if (!PrevDecl) 4217 return false; 4218 4219 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4220 return false; 4221 4222 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4223 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4224 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4225 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4226 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4227 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4228 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4229 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4230 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4231 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4232 return false; 4233 4234 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4235 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4236 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4237 return false; 4238 4239 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4240 // previous declarations. 4241 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4242 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4243 4244 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4245 // isn't the same function. 4246 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4247 return false; 4248 } 4249 4250 return true; 4251} 4252 4253static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4254 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4255 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4256 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4257} 4258 4259bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4260 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4261 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4262 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4263 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4264 unsigned kind = -1U; 4265 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4266 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4267 kind = 0; // __block 4268 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4269 kind = 1; // global 4270 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4271 kind = 3; // ivar 4272 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4273 kind = 2; // field 4274 } 4275 4276 if (kind != -1U) { 4277 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4278 << kind; 4279 } 4280 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4281 // Try to infer lifetime. 4282 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4283 return false; 4284 4285 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4286 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4287 decl->setType(type); 4288 } 4289 4290 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4291 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4292 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4293 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 4294 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4295 << var->getType(); 4296 return true; 4297 } 4298 } 4299 4300 return false; 4301} 4302 4303NamedDecl* 4304Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4305 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4306 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4307 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4308 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4309 4310 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4311 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4312 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4313 4314 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4315 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4316 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4317 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4318 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4319 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4320 // an error here 4321 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4322 D.setInvalidType(); 4323 SC = SC_None; 4324 } 4325 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4326 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4327 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4328 4329 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4330 if (!II) { 4331 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4332 << Name; 4333 return 0; 4334 } 4335 4336 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4337 4338 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4339 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4340 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4341 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4342 4343 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4344 // is a GNU extension. 4345 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4346 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4347 else 4348 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4349 D.setInvalidType(); 4350 } 4351 } 4352 4353 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4354 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4355 // OpenCL __local address space. 4356 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 4357 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4358 SCAsWritten = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4359 } 4360 } 4361 4362 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4363 VarDecl *NewVD; 4364 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4365 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4366 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4367 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4368 4369 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4370 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4371 } else { 4372 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4373 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4374 if (SC == SC_Static) { 4375 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4376 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4377 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4378 } else if (SC == SC_None) 4379 SC = SC_Static; 4380 } 4381 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4382 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4383 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4384 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4385 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4386 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4387 4388 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4389 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4390 if (RD->isUnion()) 4391 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4392 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 4393 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4394 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4395 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4396 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4397 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4398 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4399 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4400 } 4401 } 4402 4403 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4404 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4405 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4406 bool Invalid = false; 4407 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4408 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4409 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4410 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4411 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4412 TemplateParamLists.data(), 4413 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4414 /*never a friend*/ false, 4415 isExplicitSpecialization, 4416 Invalid)) { 4417 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4418 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4419 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4420 << II 4421 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4422 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4423 return 0; 4424 } else { 4425 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4426 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4427 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4428 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4429 << II 4430 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4431 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4432 } 4433 } 4434 4435 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4436 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4437 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4438 4439 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4440 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4441 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 4442 R->getContainedAutoType()) 4443 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4444 4445 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4446 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4447 4448 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4449 4450 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4451 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4452 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4453 TemplateParamLists.data()); 4454 } 4455 4456 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4457 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4458 } 4459 4460 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4461 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4462 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4463 4464 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 4465 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4466 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 4467 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4468 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4469 else 4470 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 4471 } 4472 4473 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4474 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4475 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4476 << 2 4477 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4478 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4479 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4480 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4481 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4482 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4483 else 4484 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4485 } 4486 4487 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4488 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4489 4490 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 4491 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 4492 // storage [duration]." 4493 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4494 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 4495 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 4496 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 4497 NewVD->setStorageClassAsWritten(SC_Static); 4498 } 4499 } 4500 4501 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4502 // retainable type. 4503 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4504 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4505 4506 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4507 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4508 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4509 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4510 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4511 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4512 switch (SC) { 4513 case SC_None: 4514 case SC_Auto: 4515 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4516 break; 4517 case SC_Register: 4518 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4519 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4520 break; 4521 case SC_Static: 4522 case SC_Extern: 4523 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4524 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4525 break; 4526 } 4527 } 4528 4529 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4530 Context, Label)); 4531 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 4532 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 4533 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 4534 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 4535 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 4536 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 4537 } 4538 } 4539 4540 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4541 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4542 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4543 4544 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4545 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4546 // declaration has linkage). 4547 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 4548 isExplicitSpecialization); 4549 4550 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4551 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4552 } else { 4553 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 4554 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4555 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4556 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 4557 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4558 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 4559 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4560 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 4561 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4562 Previous.clear(); 4563 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4564 } 4565 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4566 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 4567 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 4568 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 4569 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4570 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4571 } 4572 4573 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4574 4575 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 4576 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 4577 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 4578 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4579 } 4580 4581 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 4582 // such variables. 4583 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 4584 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4585 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 4586 4587 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4588 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 4589 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4590 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 4591 4592 return NewVD; 4593} 4594 4595/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 4596/// -Wshadow. 4597/// 4598/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 4599/// scope. 4600/// 4601/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 4602/// \param R the lookup of the name 4603/// 4604void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 4605 // Return if warning is ignored. 4606 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 4607 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4608 return; 4609 4610 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 4611 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 4612 return; 4613 4614 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 4615 4616 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 4617 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 4618 return; 4619 4620 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4621 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4622 return; 4623 4624 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 4625 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4626 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 4627 if (MD->isStatic()) 4628 return; 4629 4630 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4631 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 4632 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 4633 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 4634 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 4635 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 4636 I != E; ++I) 4637 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 4638 ShadowedDecl = *I; 4639 break; 4640 } 4641 } 4642 4643 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 4644 4645 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 4646 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 4647 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 4648 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 4649 return; 4650 4651 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 4652 // static data members from base classes? 4653 4654 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 4655 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 4656 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 4657 } 4658 4659 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 4660 unsigned Kind; 4661 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 4662 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4663 Kind = 3; // field 4664 else 4665 Kind = 2; // static data member 4666 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 4667 Kind = 1; // global 4668 else 4669 Kind = 0; // local 4670 4671 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 4672 4673 // Emit warning and note. 4674 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 4675 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4676} 4677 4678/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 4679void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 4680 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 4681 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4682 return; 4683 4684 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 4685 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4686 LookupName(R, S); 4687 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 4688} 4689 4690template<typename T> 4691static bool mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(const T *ND) { 4692 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = ND->getStorageClass(); 4693 if (ND->hasCLanguageLinkage() && (SC == SC_Extern || SC == SC_PrivateExtern)) 4694 return true; 4695 return ND->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4696} 4697 4698/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 4699/// declaration. 4700/// 4701/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 4702/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 4703/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 4704/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 4705/// that have been instantiated from a template. 4706/// 4707/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 4708/// 4709/// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 4710bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 4711 LookupResult &Previous) { 4712 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 4713 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4714 return false; 4715 4716 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4717 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4718 4719 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4720 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 4721 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 4722 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4723 NewVD->setType(T); 4724 } 4725 4726 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 4727 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 4728 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 4729 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 4730 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4731 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 4732 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4733 return false; 4734 } 4735 4736 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 4737 // scope. 4738 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 4739 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4740 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 4741 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4742 return false; 4743 } 4744 4745 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 4746 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4747 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4748 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 4749 else { 4750 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4751 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 4752 } 4753 } 4754 4755 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 4756 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 4757 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4758 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4759 4760 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 4761 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 4762 bool SizeIsNegative; 4763 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4764 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4765 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4766 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4767 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 4768 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 4769 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 4770 // int a[10][n]; 4771 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 4772 4773 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4774 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 4775 << SizeRange; 4776 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 4777 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 4778 << SizeRange; 4779 else 4780 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 4781 << SizeRange; 4782 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4783 return false; 4784 } 4785 4786 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 4787 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4788 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4789 else 4790 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 4791 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4792 return false; 4793 } 4794 4795 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4796 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 4797 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4798 } 4799 4800 if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewVD)) { 4801 // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 4802 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 4803 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4804 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 4805 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4806 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4807 } 4808 4809 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 4810 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 4811 4812 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 4813 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 4814 << T; 4815 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4816 return false; 4817 } 4818 4819 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4820 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4821 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4822 return false; 4823 } 4824 4825 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4826 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 4827 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4828 return false; 4829 } 4830 4831 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 4832 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 4833 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 4834 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4835 return false; 4836 } 4837 4838 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4839 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4840 return true; 4841 } 4842 return false; 4843} 4844 4845/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4846struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4847 Sema *S; 4848 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4849}; 4850 4851/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4852/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4853/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4854static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4855 CXXBasePath &Path, 4856 void *UserData) { 4857 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4858 4859 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4860 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4861 4862 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4863 4864 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4865 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4866 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4867 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4868 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4869 4870 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4871 } 4872 4873 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4874 !Path.Decls.empty(); 4875 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 4876 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 4877 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 4878 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 4879 return true; 4880 } 4881 } 4882 4883 return false; 4884} 4885 4886namespace { 4887 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 4888} 4889/// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 4890/// overriden methods. 4891/// 4892/// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 4893/// \param MD the overriding method. 4894/// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 4895static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4896 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 4897 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 4898 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 4899 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 4900 I != E; ++I) { 4901 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 4902 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 4903 // out the diag loop 3 times. 4904 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 4905 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 4906 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 4907 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4908 } 4909} 4910 4911/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 4912/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 4913bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 4914 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 4915 CXXBasePaths Paths; 4916 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 4917 Data.Method = MD; 4918 Data.S = this; 4919 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 4920 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 4921 bool AddedAny = false; 4922 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 4923 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 4924 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4925 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4926 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4927 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4928 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 4929 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 4930 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4931 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 4932 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 4933 AddedAny = true; 4934 } 4935 } 4936 } 4937 } 4938 4939 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 4940 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 4941 } 4942 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 4943 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 4944 } 4945 4946 return AddedAny; 4947} 4948 4949namespace { 4950 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 4951 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 4952 struct ActOnFDArgs { 4953 Scope *S; 4954 Declarator &D; 4955 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 4956 bool AddToScope; 4957 }; 4958} 4959 4960namespace { 4961 4962// Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 4963// Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 4964class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 4965 public: 4966 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 4967 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 4968 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 4969 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 4970 4971 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 4972 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 4973 return false; 4974 4975 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4976 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 4977 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 4978 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4979 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4980 4981 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 4982 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4983 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 4984 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 4985 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 4986 return true; 4987 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 4988 return true; 4989 } 4990 } 4991 } 4992 4993 return false; 4994 } 4995 4996 private: 4997 ASTContext &Context; 4998 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 4999 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 5000}; 5001 5002} 5003 5004/// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 5005/// 5006/// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 5007/// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 5008/// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 5009/// the same name. 5010/// 5011/// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 5012/// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 5013static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 5014 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5015 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 5016 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 5017 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 5018 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 5019 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 5020 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5021 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5022 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 5023 TypoCorrection Correction; 5024 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5025 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 5026 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 5027 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 5028 5029 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5030 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 5031 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 5032 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 5033 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5034 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 5035 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 5036 if (!Prev.empty()) { 5037 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 5038 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5039 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 5040 if (FD && 5041 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5042 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 5043 // involve a parameter 5044 unsigned ParamNum = 5045 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 5046 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 5047 } 5048 } 5049 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 5050 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 5051 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 5052 Validator, NewDC))) { 5053 // Trap errors. 5054 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 5055 5056 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 5057 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 5058 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5059 Previous.clear(); 5060 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 5061 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 5062 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 5063 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5064 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5065 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5066 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5067 Previous.addDecl(FD); 5068 } 5069 } 5070 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 5071 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 5072 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 5073 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 5074 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 5075 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 5076 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 5077 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 5078 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 5079 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 5080 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 5081 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 5082 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5083 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 5084 Previous.clear(); 5085 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 5086 Result = NULL; 5087 } else { 5088 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 5089 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 5090 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5091 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 5092 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 5093 } 5094 } 5095 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 5096 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 5097 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 5098 } else { 5099 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 5100 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 5101 } 5102 } 5103 5104 if (Correction) { 5105 // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range 5106 // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in 5107 // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix 5108 // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good. 5109 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 5110 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5111 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 5112 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 5113 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 5114 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 5115 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 5116 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 5117 } else { 5118 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 5119 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 5120 } 5121 5122 bool NewFDisConst = false; 5123 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5124 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 5125 5126 for (SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 5127 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 5128 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 5129 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 5130 bool FDisConst = false; 5131 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5132 FDisConst = MD->isConst(); 5133 5134 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 5135 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 5136 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 5137 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 5138 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 5139 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 5140 } else if (Correction) { 5141 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 5142 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 5143 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 5144 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 5145 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5146 } else 5147 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 5148 } 5149 return Result; 5150} 5151 5152static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 5153 Declarator &D) { 5154 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 5155 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 5156 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 5157 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 5158 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 5159 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5160 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 5161 D.setInvalidType(); 5162 break; 5163 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 5164 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 5165 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 5166 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5167 // C99 6.7.1p5: 5168 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 5169 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 5170 // other than extern 5171 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 5172 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5173 diag::err_static_block_func); 5174 break; 5175 } else 5176 return SC_Static; 5177 } 5178 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 5179 } 5180 5181 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 5182 return SC_None; 5183} 5184 5185static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 5186 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 5187 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5188 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 5189 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 5190 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5191 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5192 5193 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 5194 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5195 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 5196 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 5197 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 5198 5199 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5200 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5201 // prototype. This true when: 5202 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 5203 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 5204 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 5205 bool HasPrototype = 5206 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 5207 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 5208 5209 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5210 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5211 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5212 HasPrototype); 5213 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5214 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5215 5216 // Set the lexical context. 5217 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 5218 5219 return NewFD; 5220 } 5221 5222 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5223 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5224 5225 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 5226 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5227 // the class has been completely parsed. 5228 if (!DC->isRecord() && 5229 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5230 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 5231 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5232 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 5233 D.setInvalidType(); 5234 5235 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 5236 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 5237 assert(DC->isRecord() && 5238 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 5239 5240 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5241 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5242 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5243 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 5244 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 5245 isConstexpr); 5246 5247 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5248 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 5249 if (DC->isRecord()) { 5250 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5251 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5252 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 5253 SemaRef.Context, Record, 5254 D.getLocStart(), 5255 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 5256 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 5257 5258 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 5259 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 5260 // it yet. 5261 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 5262 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 5263 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5264 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 5265 } 5266 5267 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5268 return NewDD; 5269 5270 } else { 5271 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 5272 D.setInvalidType(); 5273 5274 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 5275 // code path. 5276 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5277 D.getLocStart(), 5278 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 5279 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5280 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 5281 } 5282 5283 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 5284 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 5285 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5286 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 5287 return 0; 5288 } 5289 5290 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5291 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5292 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5293 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5294 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 5295 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5296 5297 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 5298 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 5299 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 5300 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 5301 // constructor if it has no return type). 5302 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 5303 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 5304 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 5305 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 5306 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5307 return 0; 5308 } 5309 5310 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 5311 5312 // [class.free]p1: 5313 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 5314 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5315 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 5316 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 5317 isStatic = true; 5318 5319 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 5320 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5321 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5322 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 5323 isStatic = true; 5324 5325 IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 5326 5327 // This is a C++ method declaration. 5328 return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5329 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5330 TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5331 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5332 5333 } else { 5334 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5335 // prototype. This true when: 5336 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 5337 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5338 D.getLocStart(), 5339 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5340 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 5341 } 5342} 5343 5344void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { 5345 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5346 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5347 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5348 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5349 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5350 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5351 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5352 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5353 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5354 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5355 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5356 << IsTypeAlias; 5357 } 5358} 5359 5360NamedDecl* 5361Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5362 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5363 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5364 bool &AddToScope) { 5365 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5366 5367 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 5368 5369 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5370 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5371 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5372 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 5373 5374 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5375 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5376 5377 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 5378 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 5379 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5380 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 5381 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 5382 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 5383 5384 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 5385 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5386 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 5387 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5388 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5389 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 5390 } 5391 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 5392 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 5393 } 5394 5395 bool isFriend = false; 5396 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 5397 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5398 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5399 5400 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 5401 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5402 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5403 5404 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 5405 5406 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 5407 isVirtualOkay); 5408 if (!NewFD) return 0; 5409 5410 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 5411 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5412 5413 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5414 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5415 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 5416 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5417 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5418 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5419 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5420 // C++ [class.friend]p5 5421 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 5422 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 5423 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5424 } 5425 5426 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 5427 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 5428 // return true). 5429 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 5430 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 5431 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 5432 NewFD->setPure(true); 5433 } 5434 5435 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 5436 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5437 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5438 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5439 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5440 5441 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 5442 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 5443 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5444 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5445 5446 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5447 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5448 bool Invalid = false; 5449 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5450 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5451 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5452 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5453 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5454 TemplateParamLists.data(), 5455 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5456 isFriend, 5457 isExplicitSpecialization, 5458 Invalid)) { 5459 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5460 // This is a function template 5461 5462 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5463 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5464 return 0; 5465 5466 // A destructor cannot be a template. 5467 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5468 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 5469 return 0; 5470 } 5471 5472 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 5473 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 5474 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 5475 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 5476 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5477 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 5478 Invalid = true; 5479 } 5480 5481 5482 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 5483 NewFD->getLocation(), 5484 Name, TemplateParams, 5485 NewFD); 5486 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5487 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 5488 5489 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 5490 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 5491 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5492 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 5493 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5494 } 5495 } else { 5496 // This is a function template specialization. 5497 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5498 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5499 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5500 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5501 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5502 5503 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 5504 if (isFriend) { 5505 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 5506 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 5507 5508 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 5509 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 5510 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 5511 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 5512 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 5513 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 5514 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5515 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5516 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 5517 } 5518 5519 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 5520 << Name << RemoveRange 5521 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 5522 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 5523 } 5524 } 5525 } 5526 else { 5527 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 5528 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 5529 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 5530 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5531 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5532 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5533 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5534 } 5535 5536 if (Invalid) { 5537 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5538 if (FunctionTemplate) 5539 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5540 } 5541 5542 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 5543 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 5544 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 5545 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 5546 // 5547 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5548 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 5549 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5550 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5551 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5552 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 5553 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5554 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 5555 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5556 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5557 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 5558 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 5559 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5560 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 5561 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5562 } else { 5563 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 5564 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 5565 } 5566 } 5567 5568 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 5569 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 5570 // declaration. 5571 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5572 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5573 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 5574 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 5575 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 5576 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 5577 } 5578 } 5579 5580 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 5581 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 5582 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 5583 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 5584 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5585 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5586 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 5587 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5588 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 5589 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5590 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 5591 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5592 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 5593 // or conversion function. 5594 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5595 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 5596 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5597 } 5598 } 5599 5600 if (isConstexpr) { 5601 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 5602 // are implicitly inline. 5603 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5604 5605 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 5606 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 5607 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 5608 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 5609 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 5610 } 5611 5612 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 5613 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5614 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5615 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 5616 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 5617 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5618 << 0 5619 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 5620 } else { 5621 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 5622 if (FunctionTemplate) 5623 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5624 } 5625 } 5626 5627 if (isFriend) { 5628 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 5629 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5630 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5631 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 5632 } 5633 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5634 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5635 } 5636 5637 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 5638 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 5639 case FDK_Declaration: 5640 case FDK_Definition: 5641 break; 5642 5643 case FDK_Defaulted: 5644 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 5645 break; 5646 5647 case FDK_Deleted: 5648 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 5649 break; 5650 } 5651 5652 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 5653 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5654 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 5655 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 5656 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 5657 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5658 } 5659 5660 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 5661 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5662 // C++ [class.static]p1: 5663 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 5664 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 5665 // the class. 5666 5667 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 5668 // member function definition. 5669 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5670 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5671 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5672 } 5673 5674 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 5675 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 5676 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 5677 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 5678 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5679 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 5680 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 5681 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5682 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 5683 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 5684 FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5685 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI)); 5686 } 5687 } 5688 5689 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 5690 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 5691 isExplicitSpecialization || 5692 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 5693 5694 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5695 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 5696 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5697 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5698 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 5699 SE->getString())); 5700 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5701 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5702 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 5703 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5704 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 5705 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5706 } 5707 } 5708 5709 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 5710 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 5711 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 5712 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 5713 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5714 5715 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 5716 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 5717 // single void argument. 5718 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 5719 // already checks for that case. 5720 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 5721 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 5722 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 5723 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 5724 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); 5725 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 5726 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 5727 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 5728 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 5729 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 5730 Params.push_back(Param); 5731 5732 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 5733 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5734 } 5735 } 5736 5737 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5738 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 5739 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 5740 // parameters for use in the declaration. 5741 // 5742 // @code 5743 // typedef void fn(int); 5744 // fn f; 5745 // @endcode 5746 5747 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 5748 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 5749 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 5750 ParmVarDecl *Param = 5751 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 5752 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 5753 Params.push_back(Param); 5754 } 5755 } else { 5756 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 5757 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 5758 } 5759 5760 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 5761 NewFD->setParams(Params); 5762 5763 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 5764 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 5765 // 5766 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 5767 // 5768 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 5769 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 5770 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 5771 5772 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 5773 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5774 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 5775 5776 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 5777 // because all functions have linkage. 5778 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5779 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5780 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 5781 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5782 } 5783 5784 // Handle attributes. 5785 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5786 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 5787 5788 QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType(); 5789 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 5790 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 5791 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 5792 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 5793 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5794 if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) { 5795 NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(), 5796 Context)); 5797 } 5798 } 5799 5800 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5801 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5802 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 5803 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5804 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5805 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5806 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5807 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5808 } 5809 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 5810 else if (!Previous.empty()) 5811 D.setRedeclaration(true); 5812 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5813 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5814 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5815 } else { 5816 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 5817 // argument list into our AST format. 5818 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5819 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5820 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 5821 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5822 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5823 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5824 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 5825 TemplateArgs); 5826 5827 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5828 5829 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5830 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5831 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 5832 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 5833 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 5834 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5835 5836 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5837 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5838 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5839 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5840 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5841 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5842 // too few of them). 5843 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5844 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5845 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 5846 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5847 "template<> "); 5848 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5849 } else { 5850 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 5851 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5852 } 5853 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5854 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 5855 // wrote something like: 5856 // template <> friend void foo(int); 5857 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 5858 // friend void foo<>(int); 5859 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 5860 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5861 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5862 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5863 } 5864 5865 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 5866 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 5867 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 5868 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 5869 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 5870 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 5871 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 5872 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 5873 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 5874 InstantiationDependent))) { 5875 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 5876 "friend function specialization without template args"); 5877 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 5878 Previous)) 5879 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5880 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5881 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 5882 && !isFriend) { 5883 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 5884 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 5885 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 5886 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 5887 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5888 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 5889 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 5890 Previous)) 5891 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5892 5893 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 5894 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 5895 // specialization (14.7.3) 5896 if (SC != SC_None) { 5897 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 5898 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5899 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 5900 << SC 5901 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5902 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5903 5904 else 5905 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5906 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 5907 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5908 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5909 } 5910 5911 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5912 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 5913 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5914 } 5915 5916 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5917 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5918 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5919 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 5920 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 5921 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5922 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 5923 } else { 5924 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5925 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5926 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5927 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5928 } 5929 } 5930 5931 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5932 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5933 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5934 5935 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 5936 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 5937 : NewFD); 5938 5939 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 5940 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 5941 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5942 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 5943 5944 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 5945 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 5946 5947 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 5948 } 5949 5950 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 5951 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 5952 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 5953 5954 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 5955 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 5956 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5957 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 5958 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 5959 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 5960 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 5961 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 5962 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 5963 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 5964 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 5965 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5966 DC && DC->isRecord() && 5967 DC->isDependentContext()) 5968 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5969 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 5970 } 5971 5972 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5973 // Ignore all the rest of this. 5974 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 5975 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 5976 AddToScope }; 5977 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 5978 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 5979 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5980 5981 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 5982 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5983 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 5984 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 5985 5986 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 5987 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 5988 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 5989 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 5990 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 5991 // can actually do this check immediately. 5992 if (isFriend && 5993 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 5994 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 5995 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 5996 // ignore these 5997 } else { 5998 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 5999 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 6000 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 6001 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 6002 // 6003 // class X { 6004 // void f() const; 6005 // }; 6006 // 6007 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 6008 // 6009 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 6010 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 6011 // whether the parameter types are references). 6012 6013 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6014 NewFD, 6015 ExtraArgs)) { 6016 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6017 return Result; 6018 } 6019 } 6020 6021 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 6022 // to something. 6023 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 6024 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6025 NewFD, 6026 ExtraArgs)) { 6027 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6028 return Result; 6029 } 6030 } 6031 6032 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6033 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6034 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 6035 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 6036 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6037 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 6038 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 6039 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 6040 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 6041 // generate them. 6042 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 6043 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6044 } 6045 } 6046 6047 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 6048 6049 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 6050 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6051 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6052 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 6053 << NewFD; 6054 6055 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 6056 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6057 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 6058 EPI.Variadic = true; 6059 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 6060 6061 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 6062 NewFD->setType(R); 6063 } 6064 6065 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 6066 // member, set the visibility of this function. 6067 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 6068 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 6069 6070 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 6071 // marking the function. 6072 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 6073 6074 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 6075 // map of such names. 6076 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 6077 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6078 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 6079 6080 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 6081 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 6082 6083 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6084 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6085 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6086 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6087 return FunctionTemplate; 6088 } 6089 } 6090 6091 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 6092 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6093 && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>() 6094 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 6095 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 6096 D.setInvalidType(); 6097 } 6098 6099 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 6100 6101 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 6102 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 6103 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6104 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6105 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 6106 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 6107 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 6108 6109 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 6110 } 6111 } 6112 6113 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 6114 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 6115 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 6116 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6117 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 6118 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 6119 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 6120 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 6121 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 6122 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 6123 AddToScope = false; 6124 } 6125 6126 return NewFD; 6127} 6128 6129/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 6130/// 6131/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 6132/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 6133/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 6134/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 6135/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 6136/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 6137/// via InstantiateDecl). 6138/// 6139/// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 6140/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 6141/// 6142/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 6143/// 6144/// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 6145bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6146 LookupResult &Previous, 6147 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 6148 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 6149 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 6150 6151 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 6152 if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewFD)) { 6153 // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6154 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6155 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6156 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 6157 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 6158 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 6159 } 6160 6161 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6162 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 6163 6164 bool Redeclaration = false; 6165 6166 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 6167 // the same name, if appropriate. 6168 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6169 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 6170 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 6171 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 6172 // function to the scope. 6173 6174 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 6175 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 6176 Redeclaration = true; 6177 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6178 } else { 6179 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 6180 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 6181 case Ovl_Match: 6182 Redeclaration = true; 6183 break; 6184 6185 case Ovl_NonFunction: 6186 Redeclaration = true; 6187 break; 6188 6189 case Ovl_Overload: 6190 Redeclaration = false; 6191 break; 6192 } 6193 6194 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 6195 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 6196 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 6197 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 6198 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 6199 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 6200 if (Redeclaration) 6201 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 6202 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6203 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6204 if (OverloadedDecl) 6205 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 6206 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 6207 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 6208 Context)); 6209 } 6210 } 6211 6212 if (Redeclaration) { 6213 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 6214 // merged. 6215 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 6216 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6217 return Redeclaration; 6218 } 6219 6220 Previous.clear(); 6221 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 6222 6223 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 6224 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6225 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 6226 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 6227 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 6228 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 6229 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 6230 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 6231 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6232 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6233 } 6234 6235 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 6236 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 6237 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 6238 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 6239 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 6240 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 6241 } 6242 6243 } else { 6244 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 6245 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 6246 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 6247 } 6248 } 6249 } 6250 6251 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 6252 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6253 // C++-specific checks. 6254 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6255 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 6256 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 6257 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6258 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 6259 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 6260 6261 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 6262 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 6263 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 6264 DeclarationName Name 6265 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 6266 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 6267 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 6268 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 6269 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6270 return Redeclaration; 6271 } 6272 } 6273 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 6274 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6275 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 6276 } 6277 6278 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 6279 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6280 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 6281 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 6282 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 6283 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 6284 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 6285 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6286 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 6287 } 6288 } 6289 } 6290 6291 if (Method->isStatic()) 6292 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 6293 } 6294 6295 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 6296 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 6297 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6298 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6299 return Redeclaration; 6300 } 6301 6302 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 6303 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 6304 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6305 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6306 return Redeclaration; 6307 } 6308 6309 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 6310 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 6311 // during delayed parsing anyway. 6312 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 6313 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 6314 6315 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 6316 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 6317 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 6318 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 6319 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6320 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 6321 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 6322 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 6323 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 6324 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 6325 } 6326 } 6327 6328 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 6329 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 6330 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 6331 if (NewFD->hasCLanguageLinkage()) { 6332 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 6333 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 6334 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 6335 << NewFD << R; 6336 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 6337 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6338 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 6339 } 6340 } 6341 return Redeclaration; 6342} 6343 6344void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 6345 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 6346 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 6347 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 6348 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 6349 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 6350 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6351 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 6352 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 6353 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6354 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 6355 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 6356 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 6357 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 6358 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 6359 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 6360 FD->setConstexpr(false); 6361 } 6362 6363 QualType T = FD->getType(); 6364 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 6365 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 6366 6367 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 6368 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 6369 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 6370 // set the flag which tells us that. 6371 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6372 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6373 6374 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 6375 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 6376 // implicit-return-zero rule. 6377 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6378 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 6379 6380 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 6381 } else { 6382 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 6383 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6384 } 6385 6386 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 6387 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 6388 6389 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 6390 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 6391 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 6392 6393 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 6394 6395 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 6396 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 6397 // getting shifty. 6398 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 6399 HasExtraParameters = false; 6400 6401 if (HasExtraParameters) { 6402 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 6403 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6404 nparams = 3; 6405 } 6406 6407 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 6408 // if we had some location information about types. 6409 6410 QualType CharPP = 6411 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 6412 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 6413 6414 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 6415 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 6416 6417 bool mismatch = true; 6418 6419 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 6420 mismatch = false; 6421 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 6422 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 6423 // char const ** 6424 // char const * const * 6425 // char * const * 6426 6427 QualifierCollector qs; 6428 const PointerType* PT; 6429 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6430 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6431 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 6432 qs.removeConst(); 6433 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 6434 } 6435 } 6436 6437 if (mismatch) { 6438 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 6439 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 6440 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6441 } 6442 } 6443 6444 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6445 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 6446 } 6447 6448 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6449 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 6450 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6451 } 6452} 6453 6454bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 6455 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 6456 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 6457 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 6458 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 6459 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 6460 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 6461 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 6462 // rules there don't matter.) 6463 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 6464 return false; 6465 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 6466 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6467 return true; 6468} 6469 6470namespace { 6471 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 6472 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 6473 class SelfReferenceChecker 6474 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 6475 Sema &S; 6476 Decl *OrigDecl; 6477 bool isRecordType; 6478 bool isPODType; 6479 bool isReferenceType; 6480 6481 public: 6482 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 6483 6484 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 6485 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 6486 isPODType = false; 6487 isRecordType = false; 6488 isReferenceType = false; 6489 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 6490 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 6491 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 6492 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 6493 } 6494 } 6495 6496 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 6497 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 6498 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 6499 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 6500 if (isReferenceType) 6501 return; 6502 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6503 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 6504 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6505 return; 6506 } 6507 6508 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6509 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 6510 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6511 return; 6512 } 6513 6514 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 6515 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6516 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 6517 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 6518 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 6519 return; 6520 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6521 } 6522 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 6523 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6524 return; 6525 } 6526 } 6527 6528 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 6529 // bad, not just r-value uses. 6530 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 6531 if (isReferenceType) 6532 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 6533 } 6534 6535 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 6536 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 6537 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 6538 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6539 6540 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 6541 } 6542 6543 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 6544 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 6545 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 6546 6547 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 6548 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 6549 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 6550 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 6551 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6552 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 6553 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 6554 Warn = false; 6555 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6556 } 6557 6558 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 6559 if (Warn) 6560 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6561 return; 6562 } 6563 6564 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 6565 // Visit that expression. 6566 Visit(Base); 6567 } 6568 6569 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 6570 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 6571 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 6572 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 6573 if (!isPODType) 6574 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6575 return; 6576 } 6577 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 6578 } 6579 6580 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 6581 6582 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 6583 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 6584 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 6585 unsigned diag = isReferenceType 6586 ? diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init 6587 : diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 6588 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 6589 S.PDiag(diag) 6590 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 6591 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 6592 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 6593 } 6594 }; 6595 6596 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 6597 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 6598 bool DirectInit) { 6599 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 6600 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 6601 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 6602 return; 6603 6604 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6605 6606 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 6607 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 6608 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 6609 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 6610 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 6611 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 6612 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 6613 return; 6614 6615 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 6616 } 6617} 6618 6619/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 6620/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 6621/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 6622void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 6623 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6624 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 6625 // the initializer. 6626 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6627 return; 6628 6629 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6630 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 6631 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 6632 // Thus this grotesque test. 6633 IntegerLiteral *IL; 6634 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 6635 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 6636 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 6637 else { 6638 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 6639 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 6640 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 6641 } 6642 return; 6643 } 6644 6645 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 6646 if (!VDecl) { 6647 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 6648 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 6649 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6650 return; 6651 } 6652 6653 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 6654 6655 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 6656 AutoType *Auto = 0; 6657 if (TypeMayContainAuto && 6658 (Auto = VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) && 6659 !Auto->isDeduced()) { 6660 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 6661 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 6662 // contains exactly one expression. 6663 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6664 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 6665 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 6666 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 6667 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 6668 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 6669 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6670 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6671 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6672 return; 6673 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 6674 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 6675 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 6676 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6677 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6678 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6679 return; 6680 } else { 6681 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 6682 } 6683 } 6684 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 6685 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 6686 DAR_Failed) 6687 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 6688 if (!DeducedType) { 6689 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6690 return; 6691 } 6692 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 6693 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 6694 VDecl->ClearLinkageCache(); 6695 6696 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 6697 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 6698 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6699 6700 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 6701 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 6702 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 6703 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 6704 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6705 DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) { 6706 SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6707 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 6708 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 6709 } 6710 6711 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 6712 // the previously declared type. 6713 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 6714 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 6715 } 6716 6717 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 6718 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 6719 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 6720 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6721 return; 6722 } 6723 6724 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 6725 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 6726 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 6727 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 6728 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 6729 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 6730 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 6731 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 6732 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6733 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6734 return; 6735 } 6736 6737 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6738 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 6739 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6740 AbstractVariableType)) 6741 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6742 } 6743 6744 const VarDecl *Def; 6745 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 6746 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6747 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6748 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6749 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6750 return; 6751 } 6752 6753 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 6754 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6755 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 6756 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 6757 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6758 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 6759 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 6760 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 6761 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 6762 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 6763 // 6764 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 6765 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 6766 // declaration with an initializer. 6767 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 6768 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6769 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6770 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6771 return; 6772 } 6773 6774 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 6775 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6776 6777 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 6778 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6779 return; 6780 } 6781 } 6782 6783 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 6784 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 6785 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 6786 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 6787 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6788 return; 6789 } 6790 6791 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 6792 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 6793 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 6794 6795 // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 6796 // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type. 6797 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType()) 6798 if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) { 6799 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 6800 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6801 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6802 return; 6803 } 6804 Init = Result.take(); 6805 } 6806 6807 // Perform the initialization. 6808 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6809 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 6810 InitializationKind Kind 6811 = DirectInit ? 6812 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 6813 Init->getLocStart(), 6814 Init->getLocEnd()) 6815 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 6816 VDecl->getLocation()) 6817 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 6818 Init->getLocStart()); 6819 6820 Expr **Args = &Init; 6821 unsigned NumArgs = 1; 6822 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6823 Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs(); 6824 NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs(); 6825 } 6826 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs); 6827 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6828 MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), &DclT); 6829 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6830 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6831 return; 6832 } 6833 6834 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6835 } 6836 6837 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 6838 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 6839 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 6840 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 6841 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 6842 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 6843 } 6844 6845 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 6846 // completed by the initializer. For example: 6847 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 6848 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 6849 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 6850 VDecl->setType(DclT); 6851 6852 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 6853 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 6854 6855 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6856 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 6857 6858 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6859 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 6860 6861 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 6862 // Although this code can still have problems: 6863 // id x = self.weakProp; 6864 // id y = self.weakProp; 6865 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 6866 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 6867 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 6868 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 6869 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 6870 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 6871 Init->getLocStart()); 6872 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 6873 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 6874 } 6875 } 6876 6877 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 6878 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 6879 VDecl->setInit(Init); 6880 6881 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 6882 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 6883 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 6884 // C++ does not have this restriction. 6885 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 6886 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6887 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6888 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 6889 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 6890 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 6891 // 6892 // struct S { 6893 // static const int value = 17; 6894 // }; 6895 6896 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 6897 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 6898 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 6899 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 6900 // 6901 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 6902 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 6903 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6904 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 6905 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 6906 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 6907 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 6908 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 6909 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 6910 6911 // Do nothing on dependent types. 6912 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 6913 6914 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 6915 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 6916 // type. 6917 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 6918 6919 // Require constness. 6920 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 6921 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 6922 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6923 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6924 6925 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 6926 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6927 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 6928 SourceLocation Loc; 6929 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 6930 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 6931 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 6932 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 6933 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 6934 ; // Nothing to check. 6935 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 6936 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 6937 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6938 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 6939 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 6940 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6941 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6942 } else { 6943 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 6944 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 6945 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6946 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6947 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6948 } 6949 6950 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 6951 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 6952 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 6953 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6954 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 6955 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 6956 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr) 6957 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6958 6959 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6960 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6961 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6962 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6963 } 6964 6965 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 6966 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType()) { 6967 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 6968 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 6969 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6970 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 6971 6972 } else { 6973 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 6974 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6975 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6976 } 6977 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 6978 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 6979 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 6980 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 6981 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 6982 6983 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 6984 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6985 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6986 } 6987 6988 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 6989 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 6990 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 6991 // 6992 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 6993 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 6994 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 6995 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 6996 // special case code. 6997 6998 // C++ 8.5p11: 6999 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 7000 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 7001 // class type. 7002 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7003 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 7004 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7005 } else if (DirectInit) { 7006 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 7007 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 7008 } 7009 7010 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 7011} 7012 7013/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 7014/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 7015/// of sanity. 7016void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 7017 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 7018 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 7019 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7020 7021 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7022 if (!VD) return; 7023 7024 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 7025 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 7026 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7027 return; 7028 } 7029 7030 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 7031 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 7032 7033 // Require a complete type. 7034 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 7035 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 7036 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7037 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7038 return; 7039 } 7040 7041 // Require an abstract type. 7042 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 7043 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7044 AbstractVariableType)) { 7045 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7046 return; 7047 } 7048 7049 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 7050 // though. 7051} 7052 7053void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 7054 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7055 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 7056 if (RealDecl == 0) 7057 return; 7058 7059 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7060 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 7061 7062 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 7063 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 7064 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 7065 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 7066 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7067 return; 7068 } 7069 7070 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 7071 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 7072 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 7073 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 7074 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 7075 // member. 7076 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7077 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 7078 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7079 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 7080 << Var->getDeclName(); 7081 else 7082 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 7083 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7084 return; 7085 } 7086 7087 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7088 case VarDecl::Definition: 7089 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 7090 break; 7091 7092 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 7093 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 7094 // a declaration. 7095 // 7096 // Fall through 7097 7098 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 7099 // It's only a declaration. 7100 7101 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 7102 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 7103 // object shall be complete. 7104 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 7105 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7106 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7107 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 7108 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7109 7110 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 7111 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7112 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7113 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7114 AbstractVariableType)) 7115 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7116 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7117 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 7118 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 7119 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 7120 } 7121 7122 return; 7123 7124 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 7125 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 7126 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 7127 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 7128 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 7129 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 7130 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 7131 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 7132 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 7133 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7134 ArrayT->getElementType(), 7135 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 7136 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7137 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7138 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 7139 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 7140 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 7141 // NOTE: code such as the following 7142 // static struct s; 7143 // struct s { int a; }; 7144 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 7145 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 7146 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 7147 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 7148 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7149 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 7150 } 7151 } 7152 7153 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 7154 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7155 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 7156 return; 7157 } 7158 7159 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7160 // definitions with incomplete array type. 7161 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 7162 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7163 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 7164 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7165 return; 7166 } 7167 7168 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7169 // definitions with reference type. 7170 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 7171 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 7172 << Var->getDeclName() 7173 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 7174 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7175 return; 7176 } 7177 7178 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 7179 // variable with dependent type. 7180 if (Type->isDependentType()) 7181 return; 7182 7183 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7184 return; 7185 7186 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7187 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 7188 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7189 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7190 return; 7191 } 7192 7193 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7194 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7195 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7196 AbstractVariableType)) { 7197 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7198 return; 7199 } 7200 7201 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 7202 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 7203 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 7204 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 7205 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 7206 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 7207 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 7208 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 7209 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 7210 // types and is declared without an initializer. 7211 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7212 if (const RecordType *Record 7213 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7214 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 7215 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 7216 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 7217 // incompatibilities with C++98. 7218 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 7219 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7220 } 7221 } 7222 7223 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 7224 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 7225 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 7226 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 7227 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 7228 // type shall have a user-declared default 7229 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 7230 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 7231 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 7232 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 7233 // program is ill-formed. 7234 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 7235 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 7236 // default-initialized; [...]. 7237 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 7238 InitializationKind Kind 7239 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 7240 7241 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 7242 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg()); 7243 if (Init.isInvalid()) 7244 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7245 else if (Init.get()) { 7246 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 7247 // This is important for template substitution. 7248 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7249 } 7250 7251 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 7252 } 7253} 7254 7255void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 7256 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7257 if (!VD) { 7258 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 7259 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7260 return; 7261 } 7262 7263 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 7264 7265 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 7266 int Error = -1; 7267 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 7268 case SC_None: 7269 break; 7270 case SC_Extern: 7271 Error = 0; 7272 break; 7273 case SC_Static: 7274 Error = 1; 7275 break; 7276 case SC_PrivateExtern: 7277 Error = 2; 7278 break; 7279 case SC_Auto: 7280 Error = 3; 7281 break; 7282 case SC_Register: 7283 Error = 4; 7284 break; 7285 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 7286 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 7287 } 7288 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 7289 Error = 5; 7290 if (Error != -1) { 7291 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 7292 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 7293 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7294 } 7295} 7296 7297void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 7298 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7299 7300 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 7301 // local retaining variable. 7302 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7303 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7304 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 7305 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 7306 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 7307 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 7308 break; 7309 7310 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 7311 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 7312 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7313 break; 7314 } 7315 } 7316 7317 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 7318 var->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && 7319 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 7320 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 7321 var->getLocation())) { 7322 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 7323 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 7324 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 7325 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 7326 7327 if (!prev) 7328 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 7329 } 7330 7331 // All the following checks are C++ only. 7332 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 7333 7334 QualType type = var->getType(); 7335 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 7336 7337 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 7338 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7339 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 7340 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 7341 7342 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 7343 // constructing this copy. 7344 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 7345 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 7346 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 7347 ExprResult result = 7348 PerformCopyInitialization( 7349 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 7350 poi, Owned(varRef)); 7351 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 7352 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 7353 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7354 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 7355 } 7356 } 7357 } 7358 7359 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 7360 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 7361 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 7362 7363 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 7364 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 7365 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 7366 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 7367 var->getLocation()) 7368 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 7369 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 7370 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 7371 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7372 7373 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 7374 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 7375 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 7376 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 7377 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 7378 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 7379 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 7380 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 7381 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 7382 Notes.clear(); 7383 } 7384 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 7385 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 7386 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 7387 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 7388 } 7389 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 7390 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 7391 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 7392 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 7393 var->checkInitIsICE(); 7394 } 7395 } 7396 7397 // Require the destructor. 7398 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 7399 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 7400} 7401 7402/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 7403/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 7404void 7405Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 7406 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 7407 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 7408 7409 const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 7410 if (!VD) 7411 return; 7412 7413 if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7414 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 7415 7416 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 7417 // tag values. 7418 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 7419 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 7420 return; 7421 7422 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 7423 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 7424 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 7425 I != E; ++I) { 7426 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 7427 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 7428 continue; 7429 } 7430 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 7431 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 7432 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7433 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 7434 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7435 continue; 7436 } 7437 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 7438 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7439 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 7440 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7441 continue; 7442 } 7443 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 7444 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 7445 MagicValue, 7446 I->getMatchingCType(), 7447 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 7448 I->getMustBeNull()); 7449 } 7450} 7451 7452Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7453Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 7454 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7455 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 7456 7457 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 7458 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 7459 7460 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7461 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 7462 Decls.push_back(D); 7463 7464 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) 7465 if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) 7466 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 7467 7468 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 7469 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 7470} 7471 7472/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 7473/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 7474Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7475Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 7476 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7477 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 7478 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 7479 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 7480 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 7481 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 7482 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 7483 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 7484 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 7485 QualType Deduced; 7486 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 7487 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 7488 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 7489 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 7490 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 7491 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 7492 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 7493 break; 7494 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 7495 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 7496 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 7497 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 7498 Deduced = U; 7499 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 7500 DeducedDecl = D; 7501 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 7502 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 7503 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 7504 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 7505 << U << D->getDeclName() 7506 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 7507 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 7508 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7509 break; 7510 } 7511 } 7512 } 7513 } 7514 } 7515 7516 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls); 7517 7518 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 7519} 7520 7521void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 7522 ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1); 7523} 7524 7525void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7526 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 7527 if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0]) 7528 return; 7529 7530 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 7531 Group[0]->getLocation()) 7532 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7533 return; 7534 7535 if (NumDecls >= 2) { 7536 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 7537 // procuded from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 7538 // additional declaration references: 7539 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 7540 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 7541 // 'struct S *pS;' 7542 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 7543 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 7544 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 7545 Group++; 7546 NumDecls--; 7547 } 7548 } 7549 7550 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 7551 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 7552 if (!Comments.empty() && 7553 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 7554 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 7555 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 7556 // 7557 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 7558 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 7559 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 7560 // ahead through comments. 7561 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7562 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 7563 } 7564} 7565 7566/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 7567/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 7568Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 7569 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 7570 7571 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 7572 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 7573 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 7574 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 7575 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 7576 StorageClass = SC_Register; 7577 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 7578 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7579 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 7580 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 7581 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto; 7582 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 7583 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7584 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 7585 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7586 } 7587 7588 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7589 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7590 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 7591 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 7592 << 0; 7593 7594 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7595 7596 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7597 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 7598 7599 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7600 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 7601 // parameter. 7602 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7603 7604 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 7605 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7606 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 7607 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7608 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 7609 } 7610 } 7611 7612 // Ensure we have a valid name 7613 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 7614 if (D.hasName()) { 7615 II = D.getIdentifier(); 7616 if (!II) { 7617 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 7618 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 7619 D.setInvalidType(true); 7620 } 7621 } 7622 7623 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 7624 if (II) { 7625 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 7626 ForRedeclaration); 7627 LookupName(R, S); 7628 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 7629 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7630 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7631 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7632 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7633 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7634 PrevDecl = 0; 7635 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 7636 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 7637 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7638 7639 // Recover by removing the name 7640 II = 0; 7641 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7642 D.setInvalidType(true); 7643 } 7644 } 7645 } 7646 7647 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 7648 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 7649 // looking like class members in C++. 7650 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 7651 D.getLocStart(), 7652 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 7653 parmDeclType, TInfo, 7654 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 7655 7656 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7657 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7658 7659 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 7660 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 7661 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 7662 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 7663 7664 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 7665 S->AddDecl(New); 7666 if (II) 7667 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 7668 7669 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 7670 7671 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 7672 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7673 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 7674 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7675 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7676 7677 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7678 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7679 } 7680 return New; 7681} 7682 7683/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 7684/// typedef. 7685ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 7686 SourceLocation Loc, 7687 QualType T) { 7688 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 7689 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 7690 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 7691 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 7692 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 7693 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 7694 Param->setImplicit(); 7695 return Param; 7696} 7697 7698void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7699 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 7700 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 7701 // will already have done so in the template itself. 7702 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 7703 return; 7704 7705 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7706 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 7707 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 7708 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 7709 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 7710 } 7711 } 7712} 7713 7714void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7715 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 7716 QualType ReturnTy, 7717 NamedDecl *D) { 7718 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 7719 return; 7720 7721 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7722 // threshold. 7723 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 7724 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 7725 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7726 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 7727 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 7728 } 7729 7730 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7731 // threshold. 7732 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7733 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 7734 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 7735 continue; 7736 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 7737 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7738 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 7739 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 7740 } 7741} 7742 7743ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7744 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 7745 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 7746 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 7747 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 7748 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 7749 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7750 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 7751 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 7752 7753 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 7754 7755 // Special cases for arrays: 7756 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 7757 // - otherwise, it's an error 7758 if (T->isArrayType()) { 7759 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7760 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 7761 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 7762 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 7763 } 7764 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 7765 } else { 7766 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 7767 } 7768 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 7769 } 7770 7771 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 7772 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 7773 TSInfo, 7774 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 7775 0); 7776 7777 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 7778 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7779 // the class has been completely parsed. 7780 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 7781 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7782 AbstractParamType)) 7783 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7784 7785 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 7786 // passed by reference. 7787 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7788 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 7789 Diag(NameLoc, 7790 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 7791 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 7792 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7793 New->setType(T); 7794 } 7795 7796 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 7797 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 7798 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 7799 // an address space. 7800 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 7801 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 7802 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7803 } 7804 7805 return New; 7806} 7807 7808void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 7809 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 7810 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7811 7812 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 7813 // for a K&R function. 7814 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 7815 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 7816 --i; 7817 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 7818 SmallString<256> Code; 7819 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 7820 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 7821 << ";\n"; 7822 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 7823 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 7824 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 7825 7826 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 7827 // type. 7828 AttributeFactory attrs; 7829 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 7830 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 7831 unsigned DiagID; // unused 7832 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 7833 PrevSpec, DiagID); 7834 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 7835 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7836 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7837 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 7838 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7839 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 7840 } 7841 } 7842 } 7843} 7844 7845Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 7846 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 7847 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 7848 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 7849 7850 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 7851 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 7852 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 7853} 7854 7855static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 7856 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 7857 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 7858 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7859 return false; 7860 7861 // Or declarations that aren't global. 7862 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 7863 return false; 7864 7865 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 7866 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 7867 return false; 7868 7869 // Don't warn about 'main'. 7870 if (FD->isMain()) 7871 return false; 7872 7873 // Don't warn about inline functions. 7874 if (FD->isInlined()) 7875 return false; 7876 7877 // Don't warn about function templates. 7878 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7879 return false; 7880 7881 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 7882 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 7883 return false; 7884 7885 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 7886 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 7887 return false; 7888 7889 bool MissingPrototype = true; 7890 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 7891 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 7892 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 7893 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 7894 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7895 continue; 7896 7897 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 7898 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 7899 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 7900 break; 7901 } 7902 7903 return MissingPrototype; 7904} 7905 7906void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7907 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 7908 // was an extern inline function. 7909 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 7910 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 7911 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 7912 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 7913 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 7914 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 7915 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 7916 else 7917 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 7918 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7919 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7920 } 7921} 7922 7923Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 7924 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 7925 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 7926 7927 if (!D) 7928 return D; 7929 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7930 7931 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 7932 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7933 else 7934 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 7935 7936 // Enter a new function scope 7937 PushFunctionScope(); 7938 7939 // See if this is a redefinition. 7940 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 7941 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 7942 7943 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 7944 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 7945 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 7946 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 7947 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7948 } 7949 } 7950 7951 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 7952 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 7953 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 7954 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 7955 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7956 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 7957 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 7958 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7959 7960 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 7961 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 7962 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 7963 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 7964 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 7965 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 7966 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 7967 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 7968 7969 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 7970 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 7971 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 7972 TypeSourceInfo* TI = PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo(); 7973 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 7974 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc* FTL = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>(&TL)) 7975 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 7976 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 7977 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 7978 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL->getRParenLoc(), "void"); 7979 } 7980 } 7981 7982 if (FnBodyScope) 7983 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 7984 7985 // Check the validity of our function parameters 7986 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7987 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 7988 7989 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 7990 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 7991 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 7992 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 7993 7994 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7995 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 7996 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 7997 7998 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 7999 } 8000 } 8001 8002 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 8003 // introduce them into the function scope. 8004 if (FnBodyScope) { 8005 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 8006 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 8007 NamedDecl *D = *I; 8008 8009 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 8010 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 8011 // and reattach to the current context. 8012 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 8013 // Is the decl actually in the context? 8014 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 8015 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 8016 if (*DI == D) { 8017 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 8018 break; 8019 } 8020 } 8021 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 8022 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8023 } 8024 8025 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 8026 if (!D->getName().empty()) 8027 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8028 8029 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 8030 // accessible in this scope. 8031 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 8032 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 8033 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 8034 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8035 } 8036 } 8037 } 8038 8039 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 8040 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 8041 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 8042 8043 // Checking attributes of current function definition 8044 // dllimport attribute. 8045 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 8046 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 8047 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 8048 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 8049 if (!DA->isInherited() && 8050 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 8051 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8052 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 8053 << "dllimport"; 8054 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8055 return D; 8056 } 8057 8058 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 8059 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 8060 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 8061 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 8062 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 8063 // emitted. 8064 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8065 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 8066 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 8067 } 8068 } 8069 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 8070 // a function template). 8071 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 8072 return D; 8073} 8074 8075/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 8076/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 8077/// optimization. 8078/// 8079/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 8080/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 8081/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 8082/// use the named return value optimization. 8083/// 8084/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 8085/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 8086/// the NRVO variable. 8087/// 8088/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 8089/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 8090/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 8091void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 8092 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 8093 8094 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 8095 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 8096 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8097 return; 8098 8099 if (!NRVOCandidate) 8100 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 8101 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8102 return; 8103 } 8104 8105 if (NRVOCandidate) 8106 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 8107} 8108 8109bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 8110 if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D)) 8111 return false; 8112 8113 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 8114 return true; 8115 8116 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8117 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8118 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8119 else 8120 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8121 8122 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 8123 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 8124 // rest of the file. 8125 return !FD->isConstexpr(); 8126} 8127 8128Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 8129 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 8130 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8131 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 8132 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8133 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 8134} 8135 8136Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 8137 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 8138} 8139 8140Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 8141 bool IsInstantiation) { 8142 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8143 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 8144 if (FunTmpl) 8145 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8146 else 8147 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 8148 8149 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 8150 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 8151 8152 if (FD) { 8153 FD->setBody(Body); 8154 8155 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 8156 // don't complain about missing return statements. 8157 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 8158 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 8159 8160 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 8161 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 8162 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 8163 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 8164 8165 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8166 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 8167 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8168 FD->getResultType(), FD); 8169 8170 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 8171 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 8172 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 8173 8174 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 8175 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 8176 // to deduce an implicit return type. 8177 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 8178 !FD->isDependentContext()) 8179 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8180 } 8181 8182 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 8183 "Function parsing confused"); 8184 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 8185 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 8186 MD->setBody(Body); 8187 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8188 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 8189 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 8190 MD->getResultType(), MD); 8191 8192 if (Body) 8193 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8194 } 8195 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 8196 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 8197 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 8198 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 8199 } 8200 } else { 8201 return 0; 8202 } 8203 8204 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 8205 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 8206 "handled in the block above."); 8207 8208 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 8209 if (Body) { 8210 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 8211 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 8212 // Verify this. 8213 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 8214 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 8215 8216 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 8217 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 8218 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 8219 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 8220 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 8221 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 8222 8223 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 8224 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 8225 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 8226 8227 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 8228 Destructor->getParent()); 8229 } 8230 8231 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8232 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8233 // deletion in some later function. 8234 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 8235 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 8236 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8237 } 8238 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 8239 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 8240 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 8241 // enabled. 8242 ActivePolicy = &WP; 8243 } 8244 8245 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8246 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 8247 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 8248 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8249 8250 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 8251 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 8252 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 8253 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 8254 } 8255 8256 if (!IsInstantiation) 8257 PopDeclContext(); 8258 8259 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 8260 8261 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8262 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8263 // deletion in some later function. 8264 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 8265 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8266 } 8267 8268 return dcl; 8269} 8270 8271 8272/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 8273/// relevant Decl. 8274void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 8275 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 8276 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 8277 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 8278 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8279 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 8280 8281 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 8282 if (Method->isStatic()) 8283 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 8284} 8285 8286 8287/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 8288/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 8289NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 8290 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 8291 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 8292 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 8293 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 8294 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 8295 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 8296 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); 8297 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) { 8298 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 8299 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8300 return Pos->second; 8301 } 8302 8303 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 8304 unsigned diag_id; 8305 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8306 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 8307 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 8308 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 8309 else 8310 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 8311 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 8312 8313 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 8314 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 8315 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 8316 TypoCorrection Corrected; 8317 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 8318 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 8319 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 8320 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 8321 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 8322 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 8323 8324 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 8325 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 8326 8327 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 8328 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8329 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 8330 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 8331 } 8332 } 8333 8334 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 8335 const char *Dummy; 8336 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 8337 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 8338 unsigned DiagID; 8339 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 8340 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 8341 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 8342 SourceLocation NoLoc; 8343 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 8344 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 8345 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 8346 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8347 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 8348 /*NumArgs=*/0, 8349 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 8350 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8351 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 8352 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 8353 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8354 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8355 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8356 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 8357 EST_None, 8358 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 8359 /*Exceptions=*/0, 8360 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 8361 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 8362 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 8363 Loc, Loc, D), 8364 DS.getAttributes(), 8365 SourceLocation()); 8366 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 8367 8368 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 8369 8370 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 8371 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8372 8373 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 8374 FD->setImplicit(); 8375 8376 CurContext = PrevDC; 8377 8378 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 8379 8380 return FD; 8381} 8382 8383/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 8384/// the declaration of this function. 8385/// 8386/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 8387/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 8388/// like NSLog or printf. 8389/// 8390/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 8391/// attributes are applied to declarations. 8392void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8393 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8394 return; 8395 8396 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 8397 // actual attributes. 8398 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8399 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 8400 unsigned FormatIdx; 8401 bool HasVAListArg; 8402 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 8403 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 8404 const char *fmt = "printf"; 8405 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 8406 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 8407 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8408 fmt = "NSString"; 8409 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8410 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 8411 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8412 } 8413 } 8414 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 8415 HasVAListArg)) { 8416 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8417 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8418 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 8419 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8420 } 8421 8422 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 8423 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 8424 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 8425 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 8426 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 8427 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8428 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8429 } 8430 8431 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 8432 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 8433 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8434 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 8435 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8436 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8437 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8438 } 8439 8440 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 8441 if (!Name) 8442 return; 8443 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8444 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 8445 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 8446 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 8447 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 8448 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 8449 // about. 8450 } else 8451 return; 8452 8453 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 8454 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 8455 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 8456 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8457 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8458 "printf", 2, 8459 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 8460 } 8461 8462 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 8463 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 8464 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 8465 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 8466 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 8467 } 8468} 8469 8470TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 8471 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 8472 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 8473 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 8474 8475 if (!TInfo) { 8476 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 8477 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 8478 } 8479 8480 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 8481 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 8482 D.getLocStart(), 8483 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8484 D.getIdentifier(), 8485 TInfo); 8486 8487 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 8488 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 8489 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 8490 return NewTD; 8491 } 8492 8493 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8494 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8495 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8496 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 8497 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 8498 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 8499 else 8500 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 8501 } 8502 8503 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 8504 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 8505 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 8506 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 8507 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 8508 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 8509 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 8510 case TST_enum: 8511 case TST_struct: 8512 case TST_interface: 8513 case TST_union: 8514 case TST_class: { 8515 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 8516 8517 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 8518 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 8519 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 8520 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 8521 8522 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 8523 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 8524 8525 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 8526 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 8527 break; 8528 8529 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 8530 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 8531 break; 8532 } 8533 8534 default: 8535 break; 8536 } 8537 8538 return NewTD; 8539} 8540 8541 8542/// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 8543bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 8544 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8545 QualType T = TI->getType(); 8546 8547 if (T->isDependentType()) 8548 return false; 8549 8550 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 8551 if (BT->isInteger()) 8552 return false; 8553 8554 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 8555 return true; 8556} 8557 8558/// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 8559/// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 8560bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 8561 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 8562 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 8563 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 8564 8565 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 8566 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 8567 << Prev->isScoped(); 8568 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8569 return true; 8570 } 8571 8572 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 8573 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 8574 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 8575 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 8576 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 8577 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 8578 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 8579 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8580 return true; 8581 } 8582 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 8583 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 8584 << Prev->isFixed(); 8585 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8586 return true; 8587 } 8588 8589 return false; 8590} 8591 8592/// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 8593/// redeclaration diagnostic message. 8594/// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 8595/// 8596/// \returns diagnostic %select index. 8597static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 8598 switch (Tag) { 8599 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 8600 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 8601 case TTK_Class: return 2; 8602 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 8603 } 8604} 8605 8606/// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 8607/// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 8608/// 8609/// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 8610static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 8611{ 8612 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 8613} 8614 8615/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 8616/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 8617/// 8618/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 8619bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 8620 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 8621 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 8622 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 8623 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 8624 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 8625 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 8626 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 8627 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 8628 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 8629 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 8630 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 8631 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 8632 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 8633 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 8634 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 8635 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 8636 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 8637 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 8638 if (OldTag == NewTag) 8639 return true; 8640 8641 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 8642 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 8643 bool isTemplate = false; 8644 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 8645 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 8646 8647 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8648 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 8649 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 8650 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8651 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8652 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 8653 return true; 8654 } 8655 8656 if (isDefinition) { 8657 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 8658 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 8659 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8660 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 8661 return true; 8662 } 8663 8664 bool previousMismatch = false; 8665 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 8666 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 8667 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 8668 if (!previousMismatch) { 8669 previousMismatch = true; 8670 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 8671 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8672 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 8673 } 8674 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8675 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 8676 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 8677 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 8678 } 8679 } 8680 return true; 8681 } 8682 8683 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 8684 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 8685 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 8686 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 8687 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 8688 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 8689 return true; 8690 } 8691 8692 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8693 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8694 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 8695 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8696 8697 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 8698 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8699 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8700 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 8701 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 8702 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 8703 } 8704 8705 return true; 8706 } 8707 return false; 8708} 8709 8710/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 8711/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 8712/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 8713/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 8714Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 8715 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 8716 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 8717 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 8718 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 8719 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 8720 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 8721 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 8722 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 8723 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 8724 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 8725 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 8726 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 8727 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 8728 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 8729 8730 OwnedDecl = false; 8731 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 8732 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 8733 8734 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 8735 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 8736 bool Invalid = false; 8737 8738 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 8739 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 8740 // for non-C++ cases. 8741 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 8742 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 8743 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 8744 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 8745 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 8746 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 8747 TUK == TUK_Friend, 8748 isExplicitSpecialization, 8749 Invalid)) { 8750 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8751 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 8752 // be a member of another template). 8753 8754 if (Invalid) 8755 return 0; 8756 8757 OwnedDecl = false; 8758 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 8759 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 8760 TemplateParams, AS, 8761 ModulePrivateLoc, 8762 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 8763 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 8764 return Result.get(); 8765 } else { 8766 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 8767 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 8768 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 8769 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 8770 } 8771 } 8772 } 8773 8774 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 8775 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 8776 // redeclaration. 8777 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 8778 8779 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 8780 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 8781 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 8782 // type, default to int. 8783 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8784 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 8785 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 8786 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 8787 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 8788 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 8789 EnumUnderlying = TI; 8790 8791 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 8792 // Recover by falling back to int. 8793 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8794 8795 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 8796 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 8797 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8798 8799 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 8800 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 8801 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8802 } 8803 8804 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 8805 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 8806 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 8807 8808 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 8809 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 8810 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 8811 8812 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 8813 8814 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 8815 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 8816 8817 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 8818 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 8819 Name = 0; 8820 goto CreateNewDecl; 8821 } 8822 8823 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 8824 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 8825 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8826 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 8827 if (!DC) { 8828 IsDependent = true; 8829 return 0; 8830 } 8831 } else { 8832 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 8833 if (!DC) { 8834 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 8835 << SS.getRange(); 8836 return 0; 8837 } 8838 } 8839 8840 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 8841 return 0; 8842 8843 SearchDC = DC; 8844 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 8845 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 8846 8847 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8848 return 0; 8849 8850 if (Previous.empty()) { 8851 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 8852 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 8853 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 8854 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 8855 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 8856 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 8857 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 8858 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8859 IsDependent = true; 8860 return 0; 8861 } 8862 8863 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 8864 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 8865 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 8866 Name = 0; 8867 Invalid = true; 8868 goto CreateNewDecl; 8869 } 8870 } else if (Name) { 8871 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 8872 // declaration or definition. 8873 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 8874 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 8875 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 8876 LookupName(Previous, S); 8877 8878 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 8879 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 8880 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 8881 while (F.hasNext()) { 8882 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 8883 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 8884 F.erase(); 8885 } 8886 F.done(); 8887 } 8888 8889 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 8890 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8891 return 0; 8892 8893 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 8894 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 8895 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 8896 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 8897 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 8898 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 8899 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8900 } 8901 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 8902 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 8903 // initial context to the translation unit. 8904 // FIXME: [citation needed] 8905 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8906 } 8907 8908 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 8909 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 8910 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8911 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 8912 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8913 Previous.clear(); 8914 } 8915 8916 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 8917 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 8918 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 8919 isStdBadAlloc = true; 8920 8921 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 8922 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 8923 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 8924 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 8925 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 8926 } 8927 } 8928 8929 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 8930 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 8931 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 8932 // there's a shadow friend decl. 8933 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 8934 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8935 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 8936 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 8937 8938 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8939 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 8940 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 8941 // 8942 // class-key identifier 8943 // 8944 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 8945 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 8946 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 8947 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 8948 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 8949 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 8950 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 8951 // declaration. 8952 // 8953 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 8954 // C structs and unions. 8955 // 8956 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 8957 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 8958 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 8959 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 8960 // 8961 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 8962 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 8963 // 8964 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 8965 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 8966 // lexical context, 8967 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8968 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8969 8970 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 8971 while (S->isClassScope() || 8972 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8973 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8974 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8975 (S->getEntity() && 8976 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 8977 S = S->getParent(); 8978 } else { 8979 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 8980 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 8981 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 8982 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 8983 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 8984 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 8985 } 8986 8987 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 8988 // diagnose some problems. 8989 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8990 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 8991 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 8992 } 8993 } 8994 8995 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8996 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 8997 8998 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 8999 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 9000 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 9001 // in C++. 9002 // 9003 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 9004 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 9005 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 9006 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 9007 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9008 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9009 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 9010 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 9011 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 9012 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 9013 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 9014 PrevDecl = Tag; 9015 Previous.clear(); 9016 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 9017 Previous.resolveKind(); 9018 } 9019 } 9020 } 9021 } 9022 9023 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9024 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 9025 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 9026 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 9027 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 9028 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9029 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 9030 // struct or something similar. 9031 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 9032 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 9033 *Name)) { 9034 bool SafeToContinue 9035 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 9036 Kind != TTK_Enum); 9037 if (SafeToContinue) 9038 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 9039 << Name 9040 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 9041 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 9042 else 9043 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 9044 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9045 9046 if (SafeToContinue) 9047 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 9048 else { 9049 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 9050 Name = 0; 9051 Previous.clear(); 9052 Invalid = true; 9053 } 9054 } 9055 9056 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 9057 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 9058 9059 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 9060 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 9061 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9062 if (ScopedEnum) 9063 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 9064 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 9065 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 9066 return PrevTagDecl; 9067 } 9068 9069 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 9070 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9071 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 9072 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 9073 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 9074 9075 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 9076 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 9077 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 9078 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 9079 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 9080 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 9081 } 9082 9083 if (!Invalid) { 9084 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 9085 9086 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 9087 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 9088 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 9089 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 9090 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 9091 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 9092 return PrevTagDecl; 9093 9094 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 9095 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9096 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 9097 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 9098 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 9099 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 9100 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 9101 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 9102 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 9103 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9104 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9105 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9106 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 9107 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9108 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9109 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9110 } 9111 9112 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 9113 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 9114 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 9115 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 9116 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 9117 else 9118 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 9119 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9120 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 9121 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 9122 // references get the previous definition. 9123 Name = 0; 9124 Previous.clear(); 9125 Invalid = true; 9126 } 9127 } else { 9128 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 9129 // about a nested redefinition. 9130 const TagType *Tag 9131 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 9132 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9133 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 9134 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 9135 diag::note_previous_definition); 9136 Name = 0; 9137 Previous.clear(); 9138 Invalid = true; 9139 } 9140 } 9141 9142 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 9143 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 9144 } 9145 } 9146 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 9147 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 9148 9149 } else { 9150 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 9151 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 9152 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 9153 // have distinct types. 9154 Previous.clear(); 9155 } 9156 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 9157 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 9158 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 9159 9160 9161 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 9162 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 9163 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 9164 } else { 9165 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 9166 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 9167 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 9168 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 9169 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 9170 unsigned Kind = 0; 9171 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9172 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9173 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9174 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 9175 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 9176 Invalid = true; 9177 9178 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 9179 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 9180 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9181 // do nothing 9182 9183 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 9184 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9185 unsigned Kind = 0; 9186 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9187 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9188 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9189 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 9190 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9191 Invalid = true; 9192 9193 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 9194 // case here. 9195 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9196 unsigned Kind = 0; 9197 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9198 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 9199 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 9200 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9201 Invalid = true; 9202 9203 // Otherwise, diagnose. 9204 } else { 9205 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 9206 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 9207 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 9208 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9209 Name = 0; 9210 Invalid = true; 9211 } 9212 9213 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 9214 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 9215 Previous.clear(); 9216 } 9217 } 9218 9219CreateNewDecl: 9220 9221 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9222 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 9223 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9224 9225 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 9226 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 9227 // keyword. 9228 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 9229 9230 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 9231 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 9232 // PrevDecl. 9233 TagDecl *New; 9234 9235 bool IsForwardReference = false; 9236 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9237 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9238 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 9239 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9240 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 9241 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 9242 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 9243 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 9244 TagDecl *Def; 9245 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 9246 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 9247 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 9248 } 9249 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 9250 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 9251 << New; 9252 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9253 } else { 9254 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 9255 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9256 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 9257 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9258 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 9259 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 9260 9261 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 9262 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 9263 // the declaration context. 9264 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 9265 IsForwardReference = true; 9266 } 9267 } 9268 9269 if (EnumUnderlying) { 9270 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 9271 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9272 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 9273 else 9274 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 9275 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 9276 } 9277 9278 } else { 9279 // struct/union/class 9280 9281 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9282 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 9283 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9284 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 9285 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9286 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9287 9288 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 9289 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 9290 } else 9291 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9292 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9293 } 9294 9295 // Maybe add qualifier info. 9296 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9297 if (SS.isSet()) { 9298 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 9299 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 9300 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 9301 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 9302 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 9303 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 9304 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 9305 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 9306 Invalid = true; 9307 9308 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 9309 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 9310 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 9311 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9312 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9313 } 9314 } 9315 else 9316 Invalid = true; 9317 } 9318 9319 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 9320 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 9321 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 9322 // 9323 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 9324 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 9325 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 9326 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 9327 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 9328 // parsing of the struct). 9329 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9330 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 9331 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 9332 } 9333 } 9334 9335 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 9336 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 9337 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 9338 << 2 9339 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 9340 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 9341 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 9342 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 9343 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9344 New->setModulePrivate(); 9345 } 9346 9347 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 9348 // check the specialization. 9349 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 9350 Invalid = true; 9351 9352 if (Invalid) 9353 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9354 9355 if (Attr) 9356 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 9357 9358 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 9359 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 9360 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9361 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 9362 9363 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 9364 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 9365 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9366 9367 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 9368 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 9369 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 9370 // the tag name visible. 9371 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 9372 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 9373 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 9374 9375 // Set the access specifier. 9376 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 9377 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 9378 9379 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 9380 New->startDefinition(); 9381 9382 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 9383 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9384 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 9385 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 9386 if (PrevDecl) 9387 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 9388 9389 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 9390 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9391 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 9392 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 9393 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 9394 } else if (Name) { 9395 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 9396 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 9397 if (IsForwardReference) 9398 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9399 9400 } else { 9401 CurContext->addDecl(New); 9402 } 9403 9404 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 9405 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 9406 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 9407 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 9408 II->isStr("FILE")) 9409 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 9410 9411 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 9412 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 9413 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9414 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 9415 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 9416 9417 if (PrevDecl) 9418 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 9419 9420 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9421 // record. 9422 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 9423 9424 OwnedDecl = true; 9425 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 9426 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 9427 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 9428} 9429 9430void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9431 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9432 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9433 9434 // Enter the tag context. 9435 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 9436 9437 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 9438 9439 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9440 // record. 9441 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 9442} 9443 9444Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 9445 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 9446 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 9447 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 9448 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 9449 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 9450 CurContext = OCD; 9451 return IDecl; 9452} 9453 9454void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9455 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 9456 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 9457 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9458 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 9459 9460 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 9461 9462 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 9463 return; 9464 9465 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 9466 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 9467 9468 // C++ [class]p2: 9469 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 9470 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 9471 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 9472 // as if it were a public member name. 9473 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 9474 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 9475 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 9476 Record->getIdentifier(), 9477 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 9478 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 9479 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 9480 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 9481 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 9482 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 9483 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 9484 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 9485 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 9486 "Broken injected-class-name"); 9487} 9488 9489void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9490 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 9491 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9492 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9493 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 9494 9495 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9496 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9497 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 9498 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 9499 RD->completeDefinition(); 9500 } 9501 9502 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 9503 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 9504 9505 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 9506 PopDeclContext(); 9507 9508 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 9509 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 9510} 9511 9512void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 9513 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 9514 PopDeclContext(); 9515} 9516 9517void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9518 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 9519 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 9520 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 9521} 9522 9523void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9524 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 9525 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 9526} 9527 9528void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9529 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9530 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9531 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 9532 9533 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9534 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9535 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 9536 RD->completeDefinition(); 9537 } 9538 9539 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 9540 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 9541 // the FieldCollector. 9542 9543 PopDeclContext(); 9544} 9545 9546// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 9547ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 9548 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 9549 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 9550 bool *ZeroWidth) { 9551 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 9552 if (ZeroWidth) 9553 *ZeroWidth = true; 9554 9555 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 9556 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 9557 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9558 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 9559 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 9560 return ExprError(); 9561 if (FieldName) 9562 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 9563 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 9564 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 9565 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 9566 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 9567 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 9568 return ExprError(); 9569 9570 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 9571 // it now. 9572 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 9573 return Owned(BitWidth); 9574 9575 llvm::APSInt Value; 9576 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 9577 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 9578 return ICE; 9579 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 9580 9581 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 9582 *ZeroWidth = false; 9583 9584 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 9585 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 9586 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 9587 9588 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 9589 if (FieldName) 9590 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9591 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 9592 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9593 << Value.toString(10); 9594 } 9595 9596 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 9597 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 9598 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 9599 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9600 if (FieldName) 9601 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9602 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9603 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9604 9605 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9606 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9607 } 9608 9609 if (FieldName) 9610 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9611 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9612 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9613 else 9614 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9615 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9616 } 9617 } 9618 9619 return Owned(BitWidth); 9620} 9621 9622/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 9623/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 9624Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 9625 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 9626 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 9627 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 9628 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 9629 return Res; 9630} 9631 9632/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 9633/// 9634FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 9635 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9636 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 9637 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9638 AccessSpecifier AS) { 9639 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9640 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9641 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9642 9643 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9644 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9645 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9646 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9647 9648 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 9649 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 9650 D.setInvalidType(); 9651 T = Context.IntTy; 9652 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 9653 } 9654 } 9655 9656 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 9657 9658 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 9659 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 9660 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 9661 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9662 << 2; 9663 9664 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 9665 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9666 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 9667 LookupName(Previous, S); 9668 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 9669 case LookupResult::Found: 9670 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 9671 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 9672 break; 9673 9674 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 9675 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9676 break; 9677 9678 case LookupResult::NotFound: 9679 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 9680 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 9681 break; 9682 } 9683 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 9684 9685 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9686 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9687 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9688 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9689 PrevDecl = 0; 9690 } 9691 9692 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 9693 PrevDecl = 0; 9694 9695 bool Mutable 9696 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 9697 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 9698 FieldDecl *NewFD 9699 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 9700 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 9701 9702 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9703 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9704 9705 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9706 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 9707 9708 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 9709 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 9710 // with the same name in the same scope. 9711 } else if (II) { 9712 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 9713 } else 9714 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 9715 9716 return NewFD; 9717} 9718 9719/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 9720/// 9721/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 9722/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 9723/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 9724/// created. 9725/// 9726/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 9727/// 9728/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 9729FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 9730 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 9731 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 9732 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 9733 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9734 SourceLocation TSSL, 9735 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 9736 Declarator *D) { 9737 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 9738 bool InvalidDecl = false; 9739 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 9740 9741 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 9742 // marking this declaration as invalid. 9743 if (T.isNull()) { 9744 InvalidDecl = true; 9745 T = Context.IntTy; 9746 } 9747 9748 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 9749 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 9750 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 9751 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 9752 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9753 InvalidDecl = true; 9754 } else { 9755 NamedDecl *Def; 9756 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 9757 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 9758 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9759 InvalidDecl = true; 9760 } 9761 } 9762 } 9763 9764 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9765 // than a variably modified type. 9766 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9767 bool SizeIsNegative; 9768 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 9769 9770 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 9771 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 9772 SizeIsNegative, 9773 Oversized); 9774 if (FixedTInfo) { 9775 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 9776 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 9777 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 9778 } else { 9779 if (SizeIsNegative) 9780 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 9781 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 9782 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 9783 << Oversized.toString(10); 9784 else 9785 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 9786 InvalidDecl = true; 9787 } 9788 } 9789 9790 // Fields can not have abstract class types 9791 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 9792 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9793 AbstractFieldType)) 9794 InvalidDecl = true; 9795 9796 bool ZeroWidth = false; 9797 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 9798 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 9799 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 9800 if (!BitWidth) { 9801 InvalidDecl = true; 9802 BitWidth = 0; 9803 ZeroWidth = false; 9804 } 9805 } 9806 9807 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 9808 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 9809 unsigned DiagID = 0; 9810 if (T->isReferenceType()) 9811 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 9812 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 9813 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 9814 9815 if (DiagID) { 9816 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 9817 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 9818 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 9819 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 9820 Mutable = false; 9821 InvalidDecl = true; 9822 } 9823 } 9824 9825 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 9826 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 9827 if (InvalidDecl) 9828 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9829 9830 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9831 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 9832 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9833 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9834 } 9835 9836 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9837 if (Record->isUnion()) { 9838 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9839 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9840 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9841 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 9842 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 9843 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 9844 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 9845 // objects. 9846 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 9847 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9848 } 9849 } 9850 9851 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 9852 // the program is ill-formed. 9853 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 9854 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 9855 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 9856 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9857 } 9858 } 9859 } 9860 9861 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 9862 // representation, not a parser representation. 9863 if (D) 9864 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 9865 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 9866 9867 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 9868 // retainable type. 9869 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 9870 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9871 9872 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 9873 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 9874 9875 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 9876 return NewFD; 9877} 9878 9879bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 9880 assert(FD); 9881 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 9882 9883 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9884 return true; 9885 9886 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 9887 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9888 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9889 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9890 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 9891 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 9892 // copy constructors. 9893 9894 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 9895 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 9896 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 9897 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 9898 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 9899 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 9900 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 9901 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 9902 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 9903 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 9904 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 9905 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 9906 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 9907 member = CXXDestructor; 9908 9909 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 9910 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 9911 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 9912 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 9913 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 9914 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 9915 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 9916 // members unavailable. 9917 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 9918 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 9919 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 9920 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 9921 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 9922 return false; 9923 } 9924 } 9925 9926 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 9927 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 9928 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 9929 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 9930 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 9931 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 9932 } 9933 } 9934 } 9935 9936 return false; 9937} 9938 9939/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 9940/// AST enum value. 9941static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 9942TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 9943 switch (ivarVisibility) { 9944 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 9945 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 9946 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 9947 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 9948 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 9949 } 9950} 9951 9952/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 9953/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 9954Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 9955 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9956 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 9957 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 9958 9959 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9960 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 9961 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9962 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9963 9964 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 9965 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 9966 9967 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9968 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9969 9970 if (BitWidth) { 9971 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 9972 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 9973 if (!BitWidth) 9974 D.setInvalidType(); 9975 } else { 9976 // Not a bitfield. 9977 9978 // validate II. 9979 9980 } 9981 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 9982 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 9983 D.setInvalidType(); 9984 } 9985 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9986 // than a variably modified type. 9987 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9988 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 9989 D.setInvalidType(); 9990 } 9991 9992 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 9993 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 9994 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 9995 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 9996 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 9997 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 9998 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9999 return 0; 10000 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 10001 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10002 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10003 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 10004 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 10005 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 10006 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 10007 } 10008 else 10009 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10010 } else { 10011 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10012 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10013 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 10014 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 10015 return 0; 10016 } 10017 } 10018 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10019 } 10020 10021 // Construct the decl. 10022 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 10023 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 10024 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 10025 10026 if (II) { 10027 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 10028 ForRedeclaration); 10029 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 10030 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10031 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10032 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10033 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10034 } 10035 } 10036 10037 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 10038 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 10039 10040 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10041 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10042 10043 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 10044 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 10045 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10046 10047 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10048 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 10049 10050 if (II) { 10051 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 10052 // these to the interface. 10053 S->AddDecl(NewID); 10054 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 10055 } 10056 10057 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 10058 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 10059 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 10060 10061 return NewID; 10062} 10063 10064/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 10065/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 10066/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 10067/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 10068void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 10069 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 10070 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 10071 return; 10072 10073 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 10074 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 10075 10076 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 10077 return; 10078 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 10079 if (!ID) { 10080 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 10081 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 10082 return; 10083 } 10084 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 10085 else 10086 return; 10087 } 10088 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 10089 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 10090 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 10091 10092 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 10093 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 10094 Context.CharTy, 10095 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 10096 DeclLoc), 10097 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 10098 true); 10099 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 10100} 10101 10102void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 10103 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 10104 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 10105 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 10106 AttributeList *Attr) { 10107 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 10108 10109 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 10110 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 10111 // it will now change. 10112 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10113 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10114 switch (DC->getKind()) { 10115 default: break; 10116 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 10117 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10118 break; 10119 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 10120 Context. 10121 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10122 break; 10123 } 10124 } 10125 10126 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10127 10128 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 10129 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 10130 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 10131 if (Record) { 10132 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 10133 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 10134 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 10135 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 10136 ++NumNamedMembers; 10137 } 10138 } 10139 10140 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 10141 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 10142 10143 bool ARCErrReported = false; 10144 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 10145 i != end; ++i) { 10146 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 10147 10148 // Get the type for the field. 10149 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 10150 10151 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 10152 // Remember all fields written by the user. 10153 RecFields.push_back(FD); 10154 } 10155 10156 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 10157 // diagnostics about it. 10158 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10159 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10160 continue; 10161 } 10162 10163 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 10164 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 10165 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 10166 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 10167 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 10168 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 10169 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 10170 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 10171 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 10172 // array. 10173 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 10174 // Field declared as a function. 10175 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 10176 << FD->getDeclName(); 10177 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10178 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10179 continue; 10180 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 10181 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 10182 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 10183 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 10184 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 10185 // Flexible array member. 10186 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 10187 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 10188 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 10189 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 10190 if (Record->isUnion()) 10191 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 10192 << FD->getDeclName(); 10193 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10194 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 10195 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10196 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10197 if (Record->isUnion()) 10198 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10199 << FD->getDeclName(); 10200 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10201 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 10202 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10203 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 10204 if (Record->isUnion()) 10205 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10206 << FD->getDeclName(); 10207 else 10208 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 10209 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10210 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 10211 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 10212 << FD->getDeclName(); 10213 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10214 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10215 continue; 10216 } 10217 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 10218 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 10219 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 10220 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10221 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10222 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10223 continue; 10224 } 10225 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 10226 if (Record) 10227 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10228 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 10229 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10230 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10231 // Incomplete type 10232 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10233 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10234 continue; 10235 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10236 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 10237 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 10238 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 10239 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10240 } else { 10241 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 10242 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 10243 // structures. 10244 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 10245 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 10246 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10247 else { 10248 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 10249 // other structs as an extension. 10250 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 10251 << FD->getDeclName(); 10252 if (Record) 10253 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10254 } 10255 } 10256 } 10257 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 10258 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10259 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10260 AbstractIvarType)) { 10261 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 10262 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10263 } 10264 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10265 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10266 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 10267 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 10268 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 10269 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 10270 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 10271 FD->setType(T); 10272 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10273 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) { 10274 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 10275 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 10276 // so we just make the field unavailable. 10277 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 10278 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 10279 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10280 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 10281 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 10282 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 10283 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 10284 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 10285 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 10286 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10287 } 10288 } else { 10289 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct) 10290 << T->isBlockPointerType(); 10291 } 10292 ARCErrReported = true; 10293 } 10294 } 10295 else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10296 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 10297 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 10298 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10299 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 10300 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10301 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 10302 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10303 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 10304 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10305 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10306 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10307 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 10308 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10309 } 10310 } 10311 } 10312 // Keep track of the number of named members. 10313 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 10314 ++NumNamedMembers; 10315 } 10316 10317 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 10318 if (Record) { 10319 bool Completed = false; 10320 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 10321 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 10322 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 10323 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 10324 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 10325 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 10326 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 10327 10328 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 10329 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 10330 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 10331 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 10332 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 10333 10334 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 10335 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 10336 10337 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 10338 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 10339 // problem now. 10340 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 10341 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 10342 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 10343 10344 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 10345 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 10346 M != MEnd; ++M) { 10347 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 10348 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 10349 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 10350 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 10351 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 10352 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 10353 continue; 10354 10355 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 10356 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 10357 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 10358 // program is ill-formed. 10359 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 10360 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 10361 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 10362 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 10363 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 10364 OM = SO->second.begin(), 10365 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 10366 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 10367 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 10368 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 10369 10370 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10371 } 10372 } 10373 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 10374 Completed = true; 10375 } 10376 } 10377 } 10378 } 10379 10380 if (!Completed) 10381 Record->completeDefinition(); 10382 10383 } else { 10384 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 10385 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 10386 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10387 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 10388 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 10389 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10390 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 10391 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10392 } 10393 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 10394 // duplicates. 10395 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 10396 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 10397 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10398 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10399 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 10400 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 10401 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 10402 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 10403 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 10404 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 10405 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10406 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10407 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10408 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10409 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 10410 // reported as errors elsewhere. 10411 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 10412 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 10413 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 10414 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 10415 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 10416 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10417 if (IDecl) { 10418 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 10419 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10420 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10421 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10422 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10423 continue; 10424 } 10425 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl = 10426 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension(); 10427 ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) { 10428 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar = 10429 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10430 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10431 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10432 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10433 continue; 10434 } 10435 } 10436 } 10437 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 10438 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10439 } 10440 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10441 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10442 } 10443 } 10444 10445 if (Attr) 10446 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 10447} 10448 10449/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 10450/// the given type T. 10451static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 10452 llvm::APSInt &Value, 10453 QualType T) { 10454 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10455 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 10456 10457 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 10458 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 10459 --BitWidth; 10460 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 10461 } 10462 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 10463} 10464 10465// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 10466// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 10467static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 10468 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 10469 // enum checking below. 10470 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10471 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 10472 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10473 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 10474 }; 10475 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10476 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 10477 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 10478 }; 10479 10480 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 10481 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 10482 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 10483 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 10484 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 10485 return Types[I]; 10486 10487 return QualType(); 10488} 10489 10490EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 10491 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 10492 SourceLocation IdLoc, 10493 IdentifierInfo *Id, 10494 Expr *Val) { 10495 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10496 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 10497 QualType EltTy; 10498 10499 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 10500 Val = 0; 10501 10502 if (Val) 10503 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 10504 10505 if (Val) { 10506 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 10507 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10508 else { 10509 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 10510 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 10511 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10512 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 10513 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 10514 // constant expression of the underlying type. 10515 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10516 ExprResult Converted = 10517 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 10518 CCEK_Enumerator); 10519 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 10520 Val = 0; 10521 else 10522 Val = Converted.take(); 10523 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 10524 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 10525 &EnumVal).take())) { 10526 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 10527 } else { 10528 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10529 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10530 10531 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 10532 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 10533 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 10534 // expression checking. 10535 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10536 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10537 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10538 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10539 } else 10540 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10541 } else 10542 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10543 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10544 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 10545 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10546 // is the type of its initializing value: 10547 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 10548 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 10549 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10550 } else { 10551 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 10552 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 10553 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 10554 // representable as an int. 10555 10556 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 10557 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 10558 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10559 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 10560 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 10561 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 10562 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 10563 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10564 } 10565 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10566 } 10567 } 10568 } 10569 } 10570 10571 if (!Val) { 10572 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 10573 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10574 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 10575 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10576 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10577 // is the type of its initializing value: 10578 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 10579 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 10580 // 10581 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 10582 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 10583 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10584 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10585 } 10586 else { 10587 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 10588 } 10589 } else { 10590 // Assign the last value + 1. 10591 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10592 ++EnumVal; 10593 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 10594 10595 // Check for overflow on increment. 10596 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 10597 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10598 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10599 // is the type of its initializing value: 10600 // 10601 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 10602 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 10603 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 10604 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 10605 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 10606 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 10607 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 10608 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 10609 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 10610 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 10611 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10612 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 10613 ++EnumVal; 10614 if (Enum->isFixed()) 10615 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 10616 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 10617 << EnumVal.toString(10) 10618 << EltTy; 10619 else 10620 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 10621 << EnumVal.toString(10); 10622 } else { 10623 EltTy = T; 10624 } 10625 10626 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 10627 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 10628 // value, then increment. 10629 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10630 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10631 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10632 ++EnumVal; 10633 10634 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 10635 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 10636 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 10637 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 10638 // integral type. 10639 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 10640 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 10641 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10642 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10643 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 10644 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10645 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 10646 } 10647 } 10648 } 10649 10650 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10651 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 10652 // enumerator's type. 10653 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10654 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10655 } 10656 10657 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 10658 Val, EnumVal); 10659} 10660 10661 10662Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 10663 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 10664 AttributeList *Attr, 10665 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 10666 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 10667 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 10668 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 10669 10670 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 10671 // we find one that is. 10672 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10673 10674 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 10675 // scope. 10676 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 10677 ForRedeclaration); 10678 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10679 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10680 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 10681 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10682 PrevDecl = 0; 10683 } 10684 10685 if (PrevDecl) { 10686 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 10687 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 10688 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 10689 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 10690 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 10691 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 10692 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 10693 else 10694 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 10695 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10696 return 0; 10697 } 10698 } 10699 10700 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 10701 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 10702 // different from T: 10703 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 10704 // enumerated type 10705 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 10706 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 10707 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 10708 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 10709 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 10710 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 10711 10712 EnumConstantDecl *New = 10713 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 10714 10715 if (New) { 10716 // Process attributes. 10717 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10718 10719 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 10720 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 10721 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 10722 } 10723 10724 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 10725 10726 return New; 10727} 10728 10729// Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 10730// duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 10731// Element2 = Element1 10732// Element2 = Element1 + 1 10733// Element2 = Element1 - 1 10734// Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 10735static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 10736 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 10737 if (!InitExpr) 10738 return true; 10739 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 10740 10741 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 10742 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 10743 return true; 10744 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 10745 if (!IL) 10746 return true; 10747 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 10748 return true; 10749 10750 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 10751 } 10752 10753 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 10754 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 10755 if (!DRE) 10756 return true; 10757 10758 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 10759 if (!EnumConstant) 10760 return true; 10761 10762 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 10763 Enum) 10764 return true; 10765 10766 return false; 10767} 10768 10769struct DupKey { 10770 int64_t val; 10771 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 10772 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 10773 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 10774}; 10775 10776static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 10777 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 10778 false); 10779} 10780 10781struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 10782 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 10783 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 10784 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 10785 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 10786 } 10787 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 10788 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 10789 LHS.val == RHS.val; 10790 } 10791}; 10792 10793// Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 10794// a previous element has already been set to. 10795static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements, 10796 unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum, 10797 QualType EnumType) { 10798 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 10799 Enum->getLocation()) == 10800 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 10801 return; 10802 // Avoid anonymous enums 10803 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 10804 return; 10805 10806 // Only check for small enums. 10807 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 10808 return; 10809 10810 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 10811 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 10812 10813 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 10814 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 10815 ValueToVectorMap; 10816 10817 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 10818 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 10819 10820 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 10821 // an initialier. 10822 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 10823 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10824 10825 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 10826 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 10827 if (!ECD) { 10828 return; 10829 } 10830 10831 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 10832 continue; 10833 10834 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 10835 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 10836 10837 // First time encountering this value. 10838 if (Entry.isNull()) 10839 Entry = ECD; 10840 } 10841 10842 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 10843 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 10844 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10845 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 10846 continue; 10847 10848 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 10849 10850 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 10851 if (Entry.isNull()) 10852 continue; 10853 10854 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 10855 // Ensure constants are different. 10856 if (D == ECD) 10857 continue; 10858 10859 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 10860 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 10861 Vec->push_back(D); 10862 Vec->push_back(ECD); 10863 10864 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 10865 Entry = Vec; 10866 10867 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 10868 // diagnostics. 10869 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 10870 continue; 10871 } 10872 10873 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 10874 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 10875 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 10876 continue; 10877 10878 Vec->push_back(ECD); 10879 } 10880 10881 // Emit diagnostics. 10882 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 10883 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 10884 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 10885 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 10886 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 10887 10888 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 10889 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 10890 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 10891 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 10892 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 10893 ++I; 10894 10895 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 10896 // the same value. 10897 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 10898 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 10899 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 10900 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 10901 delete Vec; 10902 } 10903} 10904 10905void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 10906 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 10907 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 10908 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 10909 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 10910 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 10911 10912 if (Attr) 10913 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 10914 10915 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 10916 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10917 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10918 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10919 if (!ECD) continue; 10920 10921 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10922 } 10923 10924 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 10925 return; 10926 } 10927 10928 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 10929 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 10930 // emit a warning. 10931 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10932 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 10933 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 10934 10935 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 10936 // reverse the list. 10937 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 10938 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 10939 10940 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 10941 bool AllElementsInt = true; 10942 10943 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10944 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10945 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10946 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 10947 10948 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10949 10950 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 10951 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 10952 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 10953 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 10954 else 10955 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 10956 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 10957 10958 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 10959 if (AllElementsInt) 10960 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 10961 } 10962 10963 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 10964 QualType BestType; 10965 unsigned BestWidth; 10966 10967 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 10968 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 10969 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 10970 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 10971 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 10972 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 10973 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 10974 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 10975 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 10976 QualType BestPromotionType; 10977 10978 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 10979 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 10980 // enum definitions. 10981 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 10982 Packed = true; 10983 10984 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10985 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10986 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 10987 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 10988 else 10989 BestPromotionType = BestType; 10990 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 10991 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 10992 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 10993 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10994 } 10995 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 10996 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 10997 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 10998 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 10999 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 11000 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 11001 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11002 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 11003 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 11004 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 11005 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11006 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 11007 BestType = Context.IntTy; 11008 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11009 } else { 11010 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 11011 11012 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 11013 BestType = Context.LongTy; 11014 } else { 11015 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11016 11017 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 11018 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 11019 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 11020 } 11021 } 11022 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 11023 } else { 11024 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 11025 // all of the enumerator values. 11026 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 11027 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 11028 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 11029 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11030 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11031 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 11032 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 11033 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11034 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11035 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 11036 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 11037 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11038 BestPromotionType 11039 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11040 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 11041 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 11042 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 11043 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 11044 BestPromotionType 11045 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11046 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 11047 } else { 11048 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11049 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 11050 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 11051 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 11052 BestPromotionType 11053 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11054 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 11055 } 11056 } 11057 11058 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 11059 // the type of the enum if needed. 11060 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 11061 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11062 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11063 11064 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 11065 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 11066 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 11067 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 11068 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 11069 11070 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 11071 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11072 11073 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 11074 // the enum decl type. 11075 QualType NewTy; 11076 unsigned NewWidth; 11077 bool NewSign; 11078 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11079 !Enum->isFixed() && 11080 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 11081 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 11082 NewWidth = IntWidth; 11083 NewSign = true; 11084 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 11085 // Already the right type! 11086 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11087 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11088 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11089 // enumeration. 11090 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11091 continue; 11092 } else { 11093 NewTy = BestType; 11094 NewWidth = BestWidth; 11095 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 11096 } 11097 11098 // Adjust the APSInt value. 11099 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 11100 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 11101 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 11102 11103 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 11104 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 11105 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 11106 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 11107 CK_IntegralCast, 11108 ECD->getInitExpr(), 11109 /*base paths*/ 0, 11110 VK_RValue)); 11111 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11112 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11113 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11114 // enumeration. 11115 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11116 else 11117 ECD->setType(NewTy); 11118 } 11119 11120 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 11121 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 11122 11123 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 11124 // it needs to go into the function scope. 11125 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 11126 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 11127 11128 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType); 11129} 11130 11131Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 11132 SourceLocation StartLoc, 11133 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 11134 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 11135 11136 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11137 AsmString, StartLoc, 11138 EndLoc); 11139 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11140 return New; 11141} 11142 11143DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 11144 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 11145 ModuleIdPath Path) { 11146 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 11147 Module::AllVisible, 11148 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 11149 if (!Mod) 11150 return true; 11151 11152 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 11153 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 11154 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 11155 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 11156 // We need the length to be consistent. 11157 if (!ModCheck) 11158 break; 11159 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 11160 11161 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 11162 } 11163 11164 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 11165 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11166 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 11167 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 11168 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 11169 return Import; 11170} 11171 11172void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) { 11173 // Create the implicit import declaration. 11174 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11175 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 11176 Loc, Mod, Loc); 11177 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 11178 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 11179 11180 // Make the module visible. 11181 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible); 11182} 11183 11184void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11185 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11186 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11187 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11188 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11189 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 11190 LookupOrdinaryName); 11191 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 11192 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 11193 11194 if (PrevDecl) 11195 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 11196 else 11197 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11198 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 11199} 11200 11201void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11202 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11203 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11204 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 11205 11206 if (PrevDecl) { 11207 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 11208 } else { 11209 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11210 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 11211 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 11212 } 11213} 11214 11215void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11216 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11217 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11218 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11219 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11220 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 11221 LookupOrdinaryName); 11222 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 11223 11224 if (PrevDecl) { 11225 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 11226 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11227 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 11228 } else { 11229 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11230 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 11231 } 11232} 11233 11234Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 11235 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 11236} 11237 11238AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 11239 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 11240 return D->getAvailability(); 11241} 11242